Adding upstream version 2:2.7.5.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
This commit is contained in:
parent
996aa09cc1
commit
309c0fd158
515 changed files with 208984 additions and 0 deletions
887
docs/ChangeLog.old
Normal file
887
docs/ChangeLog.old
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,887 @@
|
|||
2012-12-21 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Since version 1.6 This file is no longer maintained.
|
||||
* See version control log http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/source/list
|
||||
|
||||
2012-10-11 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Added keyslot checker (by Arno Wagner).
|
||||
* Version 1.5.1.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-09-11 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Add crypt_keyslot_area() API call.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-08-27 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Optimize seek to keyfile-offset (Issue #135, thx to dreisner).
|
||||
* Fix luksHeaderBackup for very old v1.0 unaligned LUKS headers.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-08-12 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Allocate loop device late (only when real block device needed).
|
||||
* Rework underlying device/file access functions.
|
||||
* Create hash image if doesn't exist in veritysetup format.
|
||||
* Provide better error message if running as non-root user (device-mapper, loop).
|
||||
|
||||
2012-07-10 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.5.0.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-06-25 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Add --device-size option for reencryption tool.
|
||||
* Switch to use unit suffix for --reduce-device-size option.
|
||||
* Remove open device debugging feature (no longer needed).
|
||||
* Fix library name for FIPS check.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-06-20 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.5.0-rc2.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-06-18 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Introduce cryptsetup-reencrypt - experimental offline LUKS reencryption tool.
|
||||
* Fix luks-header-from-active script (do not use LUKS header on-disk, add UUID).
|
||||
* Add --test-passphrase option for luksOpen (check passphrase only).
|
||||
|
||||
2012-06-11 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Introduce veritysetup for dm-verity target management.
|
||||
* Version 1.5.0-rc1.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-06-10 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Both data and header device can now be a file.
|
||||
* Loop is automatically allocated in crypt_set_data_device().
|
||||
* Require only up to last keyslot area for header device (ignore data offset).
|
||||
* Fix header backup and restore to work on files with large data offset.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-05-27 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Fix readonly activation if underlying device is readonly (1.4.0).
|
||||
* Include stddef.h in libdevmapper.h (size_t definition).
|
||||
* Version 1.4.3.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-05-21 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Add --enable-fips for linking with fipscheck library.
|
||||
* Initialize binary and library selfcheck if running in FIPS mode.
|
||||
* Use FIPS RNG in FIPS mode for KEY and SALT (only gcrypt backend supported).
|
||||
|
||||
2012-05-09 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Fix keyslot removal (wipe keyslot) for device with 4k hw block (1.4.0).
|
||||
* Allow empty cipher (cipher_null) for testing.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-05-02 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Fix loop mapping on readonly file.
|
||||
* Relax --shared test, allow mapping even for overlapping segments.
|
||||
* Support shared flag for LUKS devices (dangerous).
|
||||
* Switch on retry on device remove for libdevmapper.
|
||||
* Allow "private" activation (skip some udev global rules) flag.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-04-09 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Fix header check to support old (cryptsetup 1.0.0) header alignment. (1.4.0)
|
||||
* Version 1.4.2.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-03-16 Milan Broz <gmazyland@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Add --keyfile-offset and --new-keyfile-offset parameters to API and CLI.
|
||||
* Add repair command and crypt_repair() for known LUKS metadata problems repair.
|
||||
* Allow one to specify --align-payload only for luksFormat.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-03-16 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Unify password verification option.
|
||||
* Support password verification with quiet flag if possible. (1.2.0)
|
||||
* Fix retry if entered passphrases (with verify option) do not match.
|
||||
* Support UUID=<LUKS_UUID> format for device specification.
|
||||
|
||||
2012-02-11 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add --master-key-file option to luksOpen (open using volume key).
|
||||
|
||||
2012-01-12 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix use of empty keyfile.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-11-13 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix error message for luksClose and detached LUKS header.
|
||||
* Allow --header for status command to get full info with detached header.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-11-09 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.4.1.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-11-05 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Merge pycryptsetup (Python libcryptsetup bindings).
|
||||
* Fix stupid typo in set_iteration_time API call.
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup status output if parameter is device path.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-10-27 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix crypt_get_volume_key_size() for plain device.
|
||||
* Fix FSF address in license text.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-10-25 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Print informative message in isLuks only in verbose mode.
|
||||
* Version 1.4.0.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-10-10 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.4.0-rc1.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-10-05 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Support Nettle 2.4 crypto backend (for ripemd160).
|
||||
* If device is not rotational, do not use Gutmann wipe method.
|
||||
* Add crypt_last_error() API call.
|
||||
* Fix luksKillSLot exit code if slot is inactive or invalid.
|
||||
* Fix exit code if passphrases do not match in luksAddKey.
|
||||
* Add LUKS on-disk format description into package.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-09-22 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Support key-slot option for luksOpen (use only explicit keyslot).
|
||||
|
||||
2011-08-22 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add more paranoid checks for LUKS header and keyslot attributes.
|
||||
* Fix crypt_load to properly check device size.
|
||||
* Use new /dev/loop-control (kernel 3.1) if possible.
|
||||
* Enhance check of device size before writing LUKS header.
|
||||
* Do not allow context format of already formatted device.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-07-25 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Remove hash/hmac restart from crypto backend and make it part of hash/hmac final.
|
||||
* Improve check for invalid offset and size values.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-07-19 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Revert default initialisation of volume key in crypt_init_by_name().
|
||||
* Do not allow key retrieval while suspended (key could be wiped).
|
||||
* Do not allow suspend for non-LUKS devices.
|
||||
* Support retries and timeout parameters for luksSuspend.
|
||||
* Add --header option for detached metadata (on-disk LUKS header) device.
|
||||
* Add crypt_init_by_name_and_header() and crypt_set_data_device() to API.
|
||||
* Allow different data offset setting for detached header.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-07-07 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Remove old API functions (all functions using crypt_options).
|
||||
* Add --enable-discards option to allow discards/TRIM requests.
|
||||
* Add crypt_get_iv_offset() function to API.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-07-01 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add --shared option for creating non-overlapping crypt segments.
|
||||
* Add shared flag to libcryptsetup api.
|
||||
* Fix plain crypt format parameters to include size option (API change).
|
||||
|
||||
2011-06-08 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix return code for status command when device doesn't exists.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-05-24 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.3.1.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-05-17 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix keyfile=- processing in create command (1.3.0).
|
||||
* Simplify device path status check.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-05-03 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Do not ignore size argument for create command (1.2.0).
|
||||
|
||||
2011-04-18 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix error paths in blockwise code and lseek_write call.
|
||||
* Add Nettle crypto backend support.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-04-05 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.3.0.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-03-22 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Also support --skip and --hash option for loopaesOpen.
|
||||
* Fix return code when passphrase is read from pipe.
|
||||
* Document cryptsetup exit codes.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-03-18 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Respect maximum keyfile size parameter.
|
||||
* Introduce maximum default keyfile size, add configure option.
|
||||
* Require the whole key read from keyfile in create command (broken in 1.2.0).
|
||||
* Fix offset option for loopaesOpen.
|
||||
* Lock memory also in luksDump command.
|
||||
* Version 1.3.0-rc2.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-03-14 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.3.0-rc1.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-03-11 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add loop manipulation code and support mapping of images in file.
|
||||
* Add backing device loop info into status message.
|
||||
* Add luksChangeKey command.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-03-05 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add exception to COPYING for binary distribution linked with OpenSSL library.
|
||||
* Set secure data flag (wipe all ioctl buffers) if devmapper library supports it.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-01-29 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix mapping removal if device disappeared but node still exists.
|
||||
* Fix luksAddKey return code if master key is used.
|
||||
|
||||
2011-01-25 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add loop-AES handling (loopaesOpen and loopaesClose commands).
|
||||
(requires kernel 2.6.38 and above)
|
||||
|
||||
2011-01-05 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix static build (--disable-static-cryptsetup now works properly).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-12-30 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add compile time crypto backends implementation
|
||||
(gcrypt, OpenSSL, NSS and userspace Linux kernel crypto api).
|
||||
* Currently NSS is lacking ripemd160, cannot provide full plain compatibility.
|
||||
* Use --with-crypto_backend=[gcrypt|openssl|nss|kernel] to configure.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-12-20 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.2.0.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-11-25 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix crypt_activate_by_keyfile() to work with PLAIN devices.
|
||||
* Fix create command to properly handle keyfile size.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-11-16 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.2.0-rc1.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-11-13 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix password callback call.
|
||||
* Fix default plain password entry from terminal in activate_by_passphrase.
|
||||
* Add --dump-master-key option for luksDump to allow volume key dump.
|
||||
* Allow one to activate by internally cached volume key
|
||||
(format/activate without keyslots active - used for temporary devices).
|
||||
* Initialize volume key from active device in crypt_init_by_name()
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup binary exitcodes.
|
||||
* Increase library version (still binary compatible with 1.1.x release).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-11-01 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* No longer support luksDelKey, reload and --non-exclusive.
|
||||
* Remove some obsolete info from man page.
|
||||
* Add crypt_get_type(), crypt_resize(), crypt_keyslot_max()
|
||||
and crypt_get_active_device() to API.
|
||||
* Rewrite all implementations in cryptsetup to new API.
|
||||
* Fix luksRemoveKey to behave as documented (do not ask
|
||||
for remaining keyslot passphrase).
|
||||
* Add more regression tests for commands.
|
||||
* Disallow mapping of device which is already in use (mapped or mounted).
|
||||
* Disallow luksFormat on device in use.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-10-27 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Rewrite cryptsetup luksFormat, luksOpen, luksAddKey to use new API
|
||||
to allow adding new features.
|
||||
* Implement --use-random and --use-urandom for luksFormat to allow
|
||||
setting of RNG for volume key generator.
|
||||
* Add crypt_set_rng_type() and crypt_get_rng_type() to API.
|
||||
* Add crypt_set_uuid() to API.
|
||||
* Allow UUID setting in luksFormat and luksUUID (--uuid parameter).
|
||||
* Add --keyfile-size and --new-keyfile-size (in bytes) size and disallow overloading
|
||||
of --key-size for limiting keyfile reads.
|
||||
* Fix luksFormat to properly use key file with --master-key-file switch.
|
||||
* Fix possible double free when handling master key file.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-10-17 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add crypt_get_device_name() to API (get underlying device name).
|
||||
* Change detection for static libraries.
|
||||
* Fix pkg-config use in automake scripts.
|
||||
* Remove --disable-shared-library switch and handle static library build
|
||||
by common libtool logic (using --enable-static).
|
||||
* Add --enable-static-cryptsetup option to build cryptsetup.static binary
|
||||
together with shared build.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-08-05 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Wipe iteration and salt after KillSlot in LUKS header.
|
||||
* Rewrite file differ test to C (and fix it to really work).
|
||||
* Switch to 1MiB default alignment of data.
|
||||
For more info see https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=621684
|
||||
* Do not query non-existent device twice (cryptsetup status /dev/nonexistent).
|
||||
* Check if requested hash is supported before writing LUKS header.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-28 Arno Wagner <arno@wagner.name>
|
||||
* Add FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) file to distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-07-03 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix udev support for old libdevmapper with not compatible definition.
|
||||
* Version 1.1.3.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-06-01 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix device alignment ioctl calls parameters.
|
||||
* Fix activate_by_* API calls to handle NULL device name as documented.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-30 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Version 1.1.2.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-27 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix luksFormat/luksOpen reading passphrase from stdin and "-" keyfile.
|
||||
* Support --key-file/-d option for luksFormat.
|
||||
* Fix description of --key-file and add --verbose and --debug options to man page.
|
||||
* Add verbose log level and move unlocking message there.
|
||||
* Remove device even if underlying device disappeared.
|
||||
* Fix (deprecated) reload device command to accept new device argument.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-23 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix luksClose operation for stacked DM devices.
|
||||
* Version 1.1.1.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-05-03 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix automatic dm-crypt module loading.
|
||||
* Escape hyphens in man page.
|
||||
* Version 1.1.1-rc2.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-04-30 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Try to use pkgconfig for device mapper library.
|
||||
* Detect old dm-crypt module and disable LUKS suspend/resume.
|
||||
* Fix apitest to work on older systems.
|
||||
* Allow no hash specification in plain device constructor.
|
||||
* Fix luksOpen reading of passphrase on stdin (if "-" keyfile specified).
|
||||
* Fix isLuks to initialise crypto backend (blkid instead is suggested anyway).
|
||||
* Version 1.1.1-rc1.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-04-12 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix package config to use proper package version.
|
||||
* Avoid class C++ keyword in library header.
|
||||
* Detect and use devmapper udev support if available (disable by --disable-udev).
|
||||
|
||||
2010-04-06 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Prefer some device paths in status display.
|
||||
* Support device topology detectionfor data alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-02-25 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Do not verify unlocking passphrase in luksAddKey command.
|
||||
* Properly initialise crypto backend in header backup/restore commands.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-01-17 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* If gcrypt compiled with capabilities, document workaround for cryptsetup (see lib/gcrypt.c).
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0.
|
||||
|
||||
2010-01-10 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix initialisation of gcrypt during luksFormat.
|
||||
* Convert hash name to lower case in header (fix sha1 backward compatible header)
|
||||
* Check for minimum required gcrypt version.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-12-30 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix key slot iteration count calculation (small -i value was the same as default).
|
||||
* The slot and key digest iteration minimum is now 1000.
|
||||
* The key digest iteration # is calculated from iteration time (approx 1/8 of that).
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0-rc4.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-12-11 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix error handling during reading passhrase.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-12-01 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Allow changes of default compiled-in cipher parameters through configure.
|
||||
* Switch default key size for LUKS to 256bits.
|
||||
* Switch default plain mode to aes-cbc-essiv:sha256 (default is backward incompatible!).
|
||||
|
||||
2009-11-14 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add CRYPT_ prefix to enum defined in libcryptsetup.h.
|
||||
* Fix status call to fail when running as non-root user.
|
||||
* Check in configure if selinux libraries are required in static version.
|
||||
* Add temporary debug code to find processes locking internal device.
|
||||
* Simplify build system, use autopoint and clean gettext processing.
|
||||
* Use proper NLS macros and detection (so the message translation works again).
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0-rc3.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-09-30 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix exported symbols and versions in libcryptsetup.
|
||||
* Do not use internal lib functions in cryptsetup.
|
||||
* Add crypt_log to library.
|
||||
* Fix crypt_remove_device (remove, luksClose) implementation.
|
||||
* Move dm backend initialisation to library calls.
|
||||
* Move duplicate Command failed message to verbose level (error is printed always).
|
||||
* Add some password and used algorithms notes to man page.
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0-rc2.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-09-28 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add luksHeaderBackup and luksHeaderRestore commands.
|
||||
* Fail passphrase read if piped input no longer exists.
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0-rc1.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-09-15 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Initialize crypto library before LUKS header load.
|
||||
* Fix manpage to not require --size which expands to device size by default.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-09-10 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Clean up Makefiles and configure script.
|
||||
* Version 1.1.0-test0.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-09-08 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Use dm-uuid for all crypt devices, contains device type and name now.
|
||||
* Try to read first sector from device to properly check that device is ready.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-09-02 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Add luksSuspend (freeze device and wipe key) and luksResume (with provided passphrase).
|
||||
|
||||
2009-08-30 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Require device device-mapper to build and do not use backend wrapper for dm calls.
|
||||
* Move memory locking and dm initialization to command layer.
|
||||
* Increase priority of process if memory is locked.
|
||||
* Add log macros and make logging more consistent.
|
||||
* Move command successful messages to verbose level.
|
||||
* Introduce --debug parameter.
|
||||
* Move device utils code and provide context parameter (for log).
|
||||
* Keyfile now must be provided by path, only stdin file descriptor is used (api only).
|
||||
* Do not call isatty() on closed keyfile descriptor.
|
||||
* Run performance check for PBKDF2 from LUKS code, do not mix hash algorithms results.
|
||||
* Add ability to provide pre-generated master key and UUID in LUKS header format.
|
||||
* Add LUKS function to verify master key digest.
|
||||
* Move key slot manipulation function into LUKS specific code.
|
||||
* Replace global options struct with separate parameters in helper functions.
|
||||
* Add new libcryptsetup API (documented in libcryptsetup.h).
|
||||
* Implement old API calls using new functions.
|
||||
* Remove old API code helper functions.
|
||||
* Add --master-key-file option for luksFormat and luksAddKey.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-08-17 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix PBKDF2 speed calculation for large passphrases.
|
||||
* Allow using passphrase provided in options struct for LuksOpen.
|
||||
* Allow restrict keys size in LuksOpen.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-07-30 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix errors when compiled with LUKS_DEBUG.
|
||||
* Print error when getline fails.
|
||||
* Remove po/cryptsetup-luks.pot, it's autogenerated.
|
||||
* Return ENOENT for empty keyslots, EINVAL will be used later for other type of error.
|
||||
* Switch PBKDF2 from internal SHA1 to libgcrypt, make hash algorithm not hardcoded to SHA1 here.
|
||||
* Add required parameters for changing hash used in LUKS key setup scheme.
|
||||
* Do not export simple XOR helper now used only inside AF functions.
|
||||
* Completely remove internal SHA1 implementation code, not needed anymore.
|
||||
* Enable hash algorithm selection for LUKS through -h luksFormat option.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-07-28 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Pad luks header to 512 sector size.
|
||||
* Rework read/write blockwise to not split operation to many pieces.
|
||||
* Use posix_memalign if available.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-07-22 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Fix segfault if provided slot in luksKillslot is invalid.
|
||||
* Remove unneeded timeout when remove of temporary device succeeded.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-07-22 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* version 1.0.7
|
||||
|
||||
2009-07-16 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Allow removal of last slot in luksRemoveKey and luksKillSlot.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-07-11 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --disable-selinux option and fix static build if selinux is required.
|
||||
* Reject unsupported --offset and --skip options for luksFormat and update man page.
|
||||
|
||||
2009-06-22 Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
* Summary of changes in subversion for 1.0.7-rc1:
|
||||
* Various man page fixes.
|
||||
* Set UUID in device-mapper for LUKS devices.
|
||||
* Retain readahead of underlying device.
|
||||
* Display device name when asking for password.
|
||||
* Check device size when loading LUKS header. Remove misleading error message later.
|
||||
* Add error hint if dm-crypt mapping failed.
|
||||
* Use better error messages if device doesn't exist or is already used by other mapping.
|
||||
* Fix make distcheck.
|
||||
* Check if all slots are full during luksAddKey.
|
||||
* Fix segfault in set_error.
|
||||
* Code cleanups, remove precompiled pot files, remove unnecessary files from po directory
|
||||
* Fix uninitialized return value variable in setup.c.
|
||||
* Code cleanups. (thanks to Ivan Stankovic)
|
||||
* Fix wrong output for remaining key at key deletion.
|
||||
* Allow deletion of key slot while other keys have the same key information.
|
||||
* Add missing AM_PROG_CC_C_O to configure.in
|
||||
* Remove duplicate sentence in man page.
|
||||
* Wipe start of device (possible fs signature) before LUKS-formatting.
|
||||
* Do not process configure.in in hidden directories.
|
||||
* Return more descriptive error in case of IO or header format error.
|
||||
* Use remapping to error target instead of calling udevsettle for temporary crypt device.
|
||||
* Check device mapper communication and warn user if device-mapper support missing in kernel.
|
||||
* Fix signal handler to properly close device.
|
||||
* write_lseek_blockwise: declare innerCount outside the if block.
|
||||
* add -Wall to the default CFLAGS. fix some signedness issues.
|
||||
* Error handling improvement.
|
||||
* Add non-exclusive override to interface definition.
|
||||
* Refactor key slot selection into keyslot_from_option.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-05-01 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/backends.c, man/cryptsetup.8: Apply patch from Ludwig Nussel
|
||||
<ludwig.nussel@suse.de>, for old SuSE compat hashing.
|
||||
|
||||
2007-04-16 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Summary of changes in subversion:
|
||||
Fix segfault for key size > 32 bytes.
|
||||
Kick ancient header version conversion.
|
||||
Fix http://bugs.debian.org/403075
|
||||
No passwort retrying for I/O errors.
|
||||
Fix hang on "-i 0".
|
||||
Fix parenthesization error that prevented --tries from working
|
||||
correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-11-28 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* m4/gettext.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/glibc2.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/inttypes-h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/inttypes-pri.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/lib-link.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/lib-prefix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/lock.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/longdouble.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/nls.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/po.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/signed.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/visibility.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.15.
|
||||
* m4/Makefile.am: New file.
|
||||
* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add m4/Makefile.
|
||||
(AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION): Bump to 0.15.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-10-22 David Härdeman <david@hardeman.nu>
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow hashing of keys passed through stdin.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-10-13 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: 1.0.4 release
|
||||
|
||||
2006-10-13 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/cryptsetup.8: Document --tries switch; patch by Jonas
|
||||
Meurer.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-10-13 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c: Added terminal timeout rewrite as forwarded by
|
||||
Jonas Meurer
|
||||
|
||||
2006-10-04 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Merged patch from Marc Merlin <marc@merlins.org> to allow user
|
||||
selection of key slot.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-09-26 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* m4/codeset.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/gettext.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/glibc2.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/glibc21.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/iconv.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/intdiv0.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/inttypes.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/inttypes_h.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/inttypes-pri.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/isc-posix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/lcmessage.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/lib-ld.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/lib-link.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/lib-prefix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/longdouble.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/nls.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/po.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/progtest.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/signed.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/stdint_h.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/uintmax_t.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/ulonglong.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* m4/xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.4.
|
||||
* Makefile.am (ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): New variable.
|
||||
* configure.in (AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION): Bump to 0.14.4.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-04 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: 1.0.4-rc2
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-04 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/Makefile.am: Add a few regression tests
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-04 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (get_key): Applied patch from David Härdeman
|
||||
<david@2gen.com> for reading binary keys from stdin using
|
||||
the "-" as key file.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-04 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (__crypt_luks_add_key): For checking options struct
|
||||
(optionsCheck) filter out CRYPT_FLAG_VERIFY and
|
||||
CRYPT_FLAG_VERIFY_IF_POSSIBLE, so that in no case password verification is done
|
||||
for password retrieval.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-08-04 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Merge Patch from http://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=132126 for sepol
|
||||
|
||||
2006-07-23 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Applied patches from David Härdeman <david@2gen.com> to fix 64
|
||||
bit compiler warning issues.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-05-19 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Applied patches from Jonas Meurer
|
||||
- fix terminal status after timeout
|
||||
- add remark for --tries to manpage
|
||||
- allow more than 32 chars from standard input.
|
||||
- exit status fix for cryptsetup status.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-05-06 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (yesDialog): Fix getline problem for 64-bit archs.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-04-05 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Release 1.0.3.
|
||||
|
||||
* Applied patch by Johannes Weißl for more meaningful exit codes
|
||||
and password retries
|
||||
|
||||
2006-03-30 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (__crypt_create_device): (char *) -> (const char *)
|
||||
|
||||
2006-03-30 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Apply alignPayload patch from Peter Palfrader <weasel@debian.org>
|
||||
|
||||
2006-03-15 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: 1.0.3-rc3. Most displease release ever.
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (__crypt_create_device): More verbose error message.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-26 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c: Revert to 1.0.1 key reading.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-25 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/cryptsetup.8: merge patch from Jonas Meurer
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-25 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: 1.0.3-rc2
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-25 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/libdevmapper.c (dm_create_device): Remove dup check here.
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (__crypt_luks_open): Adopt same dup check as regular
|
||||
create command.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-22 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Spin 1.0.3-rc1
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-22 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (action_create): Change defaulting.
|
||||
(action_luksFormat): Change defaulting.
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (parse_into_name_and_mode): Revert that default
|
||||
change. This is FORBIDDEN here, as it will change cryptsetup
|
||||
entire default. This is BAD in a non-LUKS world.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-21 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keyencryption.c (setup_mapping): Add proper size restriction to mapping.
|
||||
(LUKS_endec_template): Add more verbose error message.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-21 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/libdevmapper.c (dm_query_device): Incorporate patch from
|
||||
Bastian Blank
|
||||
http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=344313
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-21 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c: Rename show_error -> show_status.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-02-20 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/libdevmapper.c (dm_create_device): Prevent existing mapping
|
||||
from being removed when a mapping with the same name is added
|
||||
|
||||
* Add timeout patch from Jonas Meurer
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c: Remove conditional error printing to enable
|
||||
printing the no-error msg (Command successful). Verify passphrase
|
||||
for LUKS volumes.
|
||||
(main): Add no-verify-passphrase
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (parse_into_name_and_mode): Change default mode complition to essiv:sha256.
|
||||
|
||||
2006-01-04 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (help): Merge patch from Gentoo: change gettext(..) to _(..).
|
||||
|
||||
2005-12-06 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/cryptsetup.8: Correct "seconds" to "microseconds" in the explanation for -i.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-11-09 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (main): Add version string.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-11-08 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/backends.c: compile fix.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-09-11 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (get_key): Fixed another incompatibility from my
|
||||
get_key rewrite with original cryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-09-11 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Merged changes from Florian Knauf's fk02 branch.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-09-08 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (get_key): Fixed another incompatibility with
|
||||
original cryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-08-20 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* Checked in a patch from Michael Gebetsroither <gebi@sbox.tugraz.at>
|
||||
to silent all confirmation dialogs.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-06-23 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (help): print PACKAGE_STRING
|
||||
|
||||
2005-06-20 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keymanage.c (LUKS_set_key): Security check against header manipulation
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (action_luksDelKey): Safety check in luksDelKey
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keymanage.c: Changed disk layout generation to align key material to 4k boundaries.
|
||||
(LUKS_is_last_keyslot): Added LUKS_is_last_keyslot function.
|
||||
|
||||
* Applied patch from Bill Nottingham fixing a lot of prototypes.
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (action_luksOpen): Add support for -r flag.
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Version bump 1.0.1
|
||||
|
||||
2005-06-16 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (__crypt_luks_open): Remove mem leaking of dmCipherSpec.
|
||||
(get_key): Fix missing zero termination for read string.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-06-12 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keyencryption.c (setup_mapping): Added CRYPT_FLAG_READONLY in case of O_RDONLY mode
|
||||
|
||||
2005-06-11 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Version bump 1.0.1-pre
|
||||
|
||||
2005-06-09 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/utils.c: Added write_llseek_blocksize method to support sector wiping on sector_size != 512
|
||||
media
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-23 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (crypt_luksDelKey): Added missing return statement
|
||||
(setup_leave): Added missing return statement
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keyencryption.c (clear_mapping): Added missing return statement
|
||||
|
||||
2005-05-19 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/utils.c (write_blockwise, read_blockwise): Changed to soft bsize instead of SECTOR_SIZE
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keymanage.c (wipe): Changed open mode to O_DIRECT | O_SYNC, and changed write
|
||||
to use the blockwise write helper
|
||||
|
||||
2005-04-21 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/cryptsetup.8: Corrected an error, thanks to Dick Middleton.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-04-09 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/sha/hmac.c: Add 64 bit bug fix courtesy to
|
||||
Oliver Paukstadt <pstadt@sourcentral.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/pbkdf.c, luks/keyencryption.c, luks/keymanage.c, luks/af.c: Added a license
|
||||
disclaimer and remove option for "any future GPL versions".
|
||||
|
||||
2005-03-25 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: man page Makefile. Version bump 1.0.
|
||||
|
||||
* man/cryptsetup.8: finalize man page and move to section 8.
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c (action_luksFormat): Add "are you sure" for interactive sessions.
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c (crypt_luksDump), src/cryptsetup.c: add LUKS dump command
|
||||
|
||||
2005-03-24 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* src/cryptsetup.c, luks/Makefile.am (test), lib/setup.c (setup_enter):
|
||||
rename luksInit to luksFormat
|
||||
|
||||
2005-03-12 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* man/cryptsetup.1: Add man page.
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/setup.c: Remove unnecessary LUKS_write_phdr call, so the
|
||||
phdr is written after passphrase reading, so the user can change
|
||||
his mind, and not have a partial written LUKS header on it's disk.
|
||||
|
||||
2005-02-09 Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keymanage.c (LUKS_write_phdr): converted argument phdr to
|
||||
pointer, and make a copy of phdr for conversion
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.in: Version dump.
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keyencryption.c: Convert to read|write_blockwise.
|
||||
|
||||
* luks/keymanage.c: Convert to read|write_blockwise.
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/utils.c: Add read|write_blockwise functions, to use in
|
||||
O_DIRECT file accesses.
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-11 Thursday 15:52 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/blockdev.h: BLKGETSIZE64 really uses size_t as third
|
||||
argument, the rest is wrong.
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-10 Wednesday 17:50 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/: libcryptsetup.h, libdevmapper.c: Small fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-09 Tuesday 21:41 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* lib/internal.h, lib/libcryptsetup.h, lib/libdevmapper.c,
|
||||
lib/setup.c, po/de.po, src/cryptsetup.c: Added internal flags to
|
||||
keep track of malloc'ed return values in struct crypt_options and
|
||||
add a function to free the memory. Also add a readonly flag to
|
||||
libcryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-09 Tuesday 16:03 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* ChangeLog, configure.in, setup-gettext, lib/Makefile.am,
|
||||
lib/backends.c, lib/blockdev.h, lib/gcrypt.c, lib/internal.h,
|
||||
lib/libcryptsetup.h, lib/libdevmapper.c, lib/setup.c,
|
||||
lib/utils.c, po/de.po, src/Makefile.am, src/cryptsetup.c: More
|
||||
reorganization work.
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-08 Monday 01:38 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* ChangeLog, Makefile.am, acinclude.m4, configure.in,
|
||||
lib/Makefile.am, lib/backends.c, lib/blockdev.h, lib/gcrypt.c,
|
||||
lib/libdevmapper.c, lib/setup.c, lib/utils.c, po/de.po,
|
||||
src/Makefile.am: BLKGETSIZE64 fixes and started modularity
|
||||
enhancements
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-04 Thursday 21:06 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* Makefile.am, po/de.po, src/cryptsetup.c, src/cryptsetup.h: First
|
||||
backward compatible working version.
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-04 Thursday 00:42 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* NEWS, AUTHORS, ChangeLog, Makefile.am, README, autogen.sh,
|
||||
configure.in, setup-gettext, po/ChangeLog, po/LINGUAS,
|
||||
po/POTFILES.in, po/de.po, src/cryptsetup.c, src/cryptsetup.h,
|
||||
src/Makefile.am (utags: initial): Initial checkin.
|
||||
|
||||
2004-03-04 Thursday 00:42 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
|
||||
|
||||
* NEWS, AUTHORS, ChangeLog, Makefile.am, README, autogen.sh,
|
||||
configure.in, setup-gettext, po/ChangeLog, po/LINGUAS,
|
||||
po/POTFILES.in, po/de.po, src/cryptsetup.c, src/cryptsetup.h,
|
||||
src/Makefile.am: Initial revision
|
79
docs/Keyring.txt
Normal file
79
docs/Keyring.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
|||
Integration with kernel keyring service
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
We have two different use cases for kernel keyring service:
|
||||
|
||||
I) Volume keys
|
||||
|
||||
Since upstream kernel 4.10 dm-crypt device mapper target allows loading volume
|
||||
key (VK) in kernel keyring service. The key offloaded in kernel keyring service
|
||||
is only referenced (by key description) in dm-crypt target and the VK is therefore
|
||||
no longer stored directly in dm-crypt target. Starting with cryptsetup 2.0 we
|
||||
load VK in kernel keyring by default for LUKSv2 devices (when dm-crypt with the
|
||||
feature is available).
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, cryptsetup loads VK in 'logon' type kernel key so that VK is passed in
|
||||
the kernel and can't be read from userspace afterwards. Also, cryptsetup loads VK in
|
||||
the thread keyring (before passing the reference to dm-crypt target) so that the key
|
||||
lifetime is directly bound to the process that performs the dm-crypt setup. When
|
||||
cryptsetup process exits (for whatever reason) the key gets unlinked in the kernel
|
||||
automatically. In summary, the key description visible in dm-crypt table line is
|
||||
a reference to VK that usually no longer exists in kernel keyring service if you
|
||||
used cryptsetup for device activation.
|
||||
|
||||
Using this feature dm-crypt no longer maintains a direct key copy (but there's
|
||||
always at least one copy in the kernel crypto layer).
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, libcryptsetup supports the linking of volume keys to
|
||||
user-specified kernel keyring with crypt_set_keyring_to_link(). The user may
|
||||
specify keyring name, key type ('user' or 'logon') and key description where
|
||||
libcryptsetup should link the verified volume key upon subsequent device
|
||||
activation (or key verification alone).
|
||||
|
||||
The volume key(s) (provided the key type is 'user') linked in the user keyring
|
||||
can be later used to activate the device via crypt_activate_by_keyslot_context()
|
||||
with CRYPT_KC_TYPE_VK_KEYRING type keyslot context
|
||||
(acquired by crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_vk_in_keyring()).
|
||||
|
||||
Example of how to use volume key linked in custom user keyring from cryptsetup
|
||||
utility:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Open the device and store the volume key to the session keyring:
|
||||
# cryptsetup open <device> --link-vk-to-keyring "@s::%user:testkey" tst
|
||||
|
||||
2) Add a keyslot using the stored volume key in a keyring:
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksAddKey <device> --volume-key-keyring "%user:testkey"
|
||||
|
||||
3) Activate the device using the volume key cached in a keyring ('user' type key)
|
||||
# cryptsetup open <device> <active_name> --volume-key-keyring "testkey"
|
||||
|
||||
II) Keyslot passphrase
|
||||
The second use case for kernel keyring is to allow cryptsetup reading the keyslot
|
||||
passphrase stored in kernel keyring instead. The user may load the passphrase in the kernel
|
||||
keyring and notify cryptsetup to read it from there later. Currently, cryptsetup
|
||||
cli supports kernel keyring for passphrase only via LUKS2 internal token
|
||||
(luks2-keyring). The library also provides a general method for device activation by
|
||||
reading the passphrase from the keyring: crypt_activate_by_keyring(). The key type
|
||||
for use case II) must always be 'user' since we need to read the actual key
|
||||
data from userspace unlike with VK in I). The ability to read keyslot passphrases
|
||||
from kernel keyring also allows easy auto-activate LUKS2 devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Simple example of how to use kernel keyring for keyslot passphrase:
|
||||
|
||||
1) create LUKS2 keyring token for keyslot 0 (in LUKS2 device/image)
|
||||
cryptsetup token add --key-description my:key -S 0 /dev/device
|
||||
|
||||
2) Load keyslot passphrase in user keyring
|
||||
read -s -p "Keyslot passphrase: "; echo -n $REPLY | keyctl padd user my:key @u
|
||||
|
||||
3) Activate the device using the passphrase stored in the kernel keyring
|
||||
cryptsetup open /dev/device my_unlocked_device
|
||||
|
||||
4a) unlink the key when no longer needed by
|
||||
keyctl unlink %user:my:key @u
|
||||
|
||||
4b) or revoke it immediately by
|
||||
keyctl revoke %user:my:key
|
||||
|
||||
If cryptsetup asks for a passphrase in step 3) something went wrong with keyring
|
||||
activation. See --debug output then.
|
97
docs/LUKS2-locking.txt
Normal file
97
docs/LUKS2-locking.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
|||
LUKS2 device locking overview
|
||||
=============================
|
||||
|
||||
Why
|
||||
~~~
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 format keeps two identical copies of metadata stored consecutively
|
||||
at the head of the metadata device (file or bdev). The metadata
|
||||
area (both copies) must be updated in a single atomic operation to avoid
|
||||
header corruption during concurrent write.
|
||||
|
||||
While with LUKS1 users may have clear knowledge of when a LUKS header is
|
||||
being updated (written to) or when it's being read solely the need for
|
||||
locking with legacy format was not so obvious as it is with the LUKSv2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
With LUKS2 the boundary between read-only and read-write is blurry and what
|
||||
used to be the exclusively read-only operation (i.e., cryptsetup open command) may
|
||||
easily become read-update operation silently without the user's knowledge.
|
||||
A major feature of the LUKS2 format is resilience against accidental
|
||||
corruption of metadata (i.e., partial header overwrite by parted or cfdisk
|
||||
while creating a partition on a mistaken block device).
|
||||
Such header corruption is detected early on the header read and the auto-recovery
|
||||
procedure takes place (the corrupted header with checksum mismatch is being
|
||||
replaced by the secondary one if that one is intact).
|
||||
On current Linux systems header load operation may be triggered without the user
|
||||
direct intervention for example by an udev rule or from a systemd service.
|
||||
Such a clash of header read and auto-recovery procedure could have severe
|
||||
consequences with the worst case of having a LUKS2 device inaccessible or being
|
||||
broken beyond repair.
|
||||
|
||||
The whole locking of LUKSv2 device headers split into two categories depending
|
||||
what backend the header is stored on:
|
||||
|
||||
I) block device
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
We perform flock() on file descriptors of files stored in a private
|
||||
directory (by default /run/lock/cryptsetup). The file name is derived
|
||||
from major:minor couple of the affected block device. Note we recommend
|
||||
that access to the private locking directory is supposed to be limited
|
||||
to the superuser only. For this method to work the distribution needs
|
||||
to install the locking directory with appropriate access rights.
|
||||
|
||||
II) regular files
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
A first notable difference between headers stored in a file
|
||||
vs. headers stored in a block device is that headers in a file may be
|
||||
manipulated by the regular user, unlike headers on block devices. Therefore
|
||||
we perform flock() protection on file with the luks2 header directly.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitations
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
a) In general, the locking model provides serialization of I/Os targeting
|
||||
the header only. It means the header is always written or read at once
|
||||
while locking is enabled.
|
||||
We do not suppress any other negative effect that two or more concurrent
|
||||
writers of the same header may cause.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The locking is not cluster-aware in any way.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional LUKS2 locks
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 reencryption device lock
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Device in LUKS2 reencryption is protected by an exclusive lock placed in the default
|
||||
locking directory. The lock's purpose is to exclude multiple processes from
|
||||
performing reencryption on the same device (identified by LUKS uuid). The lock
|
||||
is taken no matter the LUKS2 reencryption mode (online or offline).
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 memory hard global lock
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
An optional global lock that makes libcryptsetup serialize memory hard
|
||||
pbkdf function when deriving a key encryption key from passphrase on unlocking
|
||||
LUKS2 keyslot. The lock has to be enabled via the CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SERIALIZE_MEMORY_HARD_PBKDF
|
||||
flag. The lock is placed in the default locking directory.
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 OPAL lock
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Exclusive per device lock taken when manipulating LUKS2 device configured for use with
|
||||
SED OPAL2 locking range.
|
||||
|
||||
Lock ordering
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
To avoid a deadlock following rules must apply:
|
||||
|
||||
- LUKS2 reencrytpion lock must be taken before LUKS2 OPAL lock.
|
||||
|
||||
- LUKS2 OPAL lock must be taken before LUKS2 metadata lock.
|
||||
|
||||
- LUKS2 memory hard global lock can not be used with other locks.
|
351
docs/doxyfile
Normal file
351
docs/doxyfile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
|
|||
# Doxyfile 1.9.8
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "cryptsetup API"
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER =
|
||||
PROJECT_BRIEF = "Public cryptsetup API"
|
||||
PROJECT_LOGO =
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = doxygen_api_docs
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS_LEVEL = 8
|
||||
ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF =
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = NO
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
JAVADOC_BANNER = NO
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
PYTHON_DOCSTRING = YES
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 8
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE = NO
|
||||
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
|
||||
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS = 5
|
||||
MARKDOWN_ID_STYLE = DOXYGEN
|
||||
AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = YES
|
||||
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
NUM_PROC_THREADS = 1
|
||||
TIMESTAMP = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
RESOLVE_UNNAMED_PARAMS = YES
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
|
||||
SHOW_HEADERFILE = YES
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
|
||||
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
CITE_BIB_FILES =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
QUIET = NO
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC = YES
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOC_ENUM_VAL = NO
|
||||
WARN_AS_ERROR = NO
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
WARN_LINE_FORMAT = "at line $line of file $file"
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
INPUT = doxygen_index.h \
|
||||
../lib/libcryptsetup.h
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
INPUT_FILE_ENCODING =
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
EXCLUDE =
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH = examples
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
|
||||
FORTRAN_COMMENT_AFTER = 72
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
|
||||
SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
|
||||
CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
|
||||
CLANG_ADD_INC_PATHS = YES
|
||||
CLANG_OPTIONS =
|
||||
CLANG_DATABASE_PATH =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE = AUTO_LIGHT
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS = YES
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
|
||||
HTML_CODE_FOLDING = YES
|
||||
HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDURL =
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = NO
|
||||
SITEMAP_URL =
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
|
||||
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
|
||||
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
|
||||
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
|
||||
FULL_SIDEBAR = NO
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
|
||||
OBFUSCATE_EMAILS = YES
|
||||
HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT = png
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
FORMULA_MACROFILE =
|
||||
USE_MATHJAX = NO
|
||||
MATHJAX_VERSION = MathJax_2
|
||||
MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
|
||||
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
|
||||
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
|
||||
MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = YES
|
||||
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
|
||||
EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE_URL =
|
||||
SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
|
||||
EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
|
||||
EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = YES
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD = makeindex
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
LATEX_FOOTER =
|
||||
LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
|
||||
LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
MAN_SUBDIR =
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
|
||||
DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to Sqlite3 output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_SQLITE3 = NO
|
||||
SQLITE3_OUTPUT = sqlite3
|
||||
SQLITE3_RECREATE_DB = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
PREDEFINED =
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to diagram generator tools
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
|
||||
DOT_COMMON_ATTR = "fontname=Helvetica,fontsize=10"
|
||||
DOT_EDGE_ATTR = "labelfontname=Helvetica,labelfontsize=10"
|
||||
DOT_NODE_ATTR = "shape=box,height=0.2,width=0.4"
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
|
||||
DOT_UML_DETAILS = NO
|
||||
DOT_WRAP_THRESHOLD = 17
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
DIR_GRAPH_MAX_DEPTH = 1
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
DIA_PATH =
|
||||
DIAFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
|
||||
PLANTUML_CFG_FILE =
|
||||
PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
MSCGEN_TOOL =
|
||||
MSCFILE_DIRS =
|
110
docs/doxygen_index.h
Normal file
110
docs/doxygen_index.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
|||
/*! \mainpage Cryptsetup API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <b>The</b> documentation covers public parts of cryptsetup API. In the following sections you'll find
|
||||
* the examples that describe some features of cryptsetup API.
|
||||
* For more info about libcryptsetup API versions see
|
||||
* <a href="https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/ABI-tracker/timeline/libcryptsetup/index.html">API Tracker</a>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <OL type="A">
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cexamples "Cryptsetup API examples"</LI>
|
||||
* <OL type="1">
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cluks "crypt_luks_usage" - cryptsetup LUKS device type usage examples</LI>
|
||||
* <UL>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cinit "crypt_init()"</LI>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cformat "crypt_format()" - header and payload on mutual device</LI>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref ckeys "Keyslot operations" </LI>
|
||||
* <UL>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref ckeyslot_vol "crypt_keyslot_add_by_volume_key()"</LI>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref ckeyslot_pass "crypt_keyslot_add_by_passphrase()"</LI>
|
||||
* </UL>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cload "crypt_load()"
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cactivate "crypt_activate_by_passphrase()"</LI>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cactive_pars "crypt_get_active_device()"</LI>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cinit_by_name "crypt_init_by_name()"</LI>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cdeactivate "crypt_deactivate()"</LI>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref cluks_ex "crypt_luks_usage.c"</LI>
|
||||
* </UL>
|
||||
* <LI>@ref clog "crypt_log_usage" - cryptsetup logging API examples</LI>
|
||||
* </OL>
|
||||
* </OL>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section cexamples Cryptsetup API examples
|
||||
* @section cluks crypt_luks_usage - cryptsetup LUKS device type usage
|
||||
* @subsection cinit crypt_init()
|
||||
* Every time you need to do something with cryptsetup or dmcrypt device
|
||||
* you need a valid context. The first step to start your work is
|
||||
* @ref crypt_init call. You can call it either with path
|
||||
* to the block device or path to the regular file. If you don't supply the path,
|
||||
* empty context is initialized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection cformat crypt_format() - header and payload on mutual device
|
||||
* This section covers basic use cases for formatting LUKS devices. Format operation
|
||||
* sets device type in context and in case of LUKS header is written at the beginning
|
||||
* of block device. In the example below we use the scenario where LUKS header and data
|
||||
* are both stored on the same device. There's also a possibility to store header and
|
||||
* data separately.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <B>Bear in mind</B> that @ref crypt_format() is destructive operation and it
|
||||
* overwrites part of the backing block device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection ckeys Keyslot operations examples
|
||||
* After successful @ref crypt_format of LUKS device, volume key is not stored
|
||||
* in a persistent way on the device. Keyslot area is an array beyond LUKS header, where
|
||||
* volume key is stored in the encrypted form using user input passphrase. For more info about
|
||||
* LUKS keyslots and how it's actually protected, please look at
|
||||
* <A HREF="https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/Specification">LUKS specification</A>.
|
||||
* There are two basic methods to create a new keyslot:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection ckeyslot_vol crypt_keyslot_add_by_volume_key()
|
||||
* Creates a new keyslot directly by encrypting volume_key stored in the device
|
||||
* context. Passphrase should be supplied or user is prompted if passphrase param is
|
||||
* NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection ckeyslot_pass crypt_keyslot_add_by_passphrase()
|
||||
* Creates a new keyslot for the volume key by opening existing active keyslot,
|
||||
* extracting volume key from it and storing it into a new keyslot
|
||||
* protected by a new passphrase
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection cload crypt_load()
|
||||
* Function loads header from backing block device into device context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection cactivate crypt_activate_by_passphrase()
|
||||
* Activates crypt device by user supplied password for keyslot containing the volume_key.
|
||||
* If <I>keyslot</I> parameter is set to <I>CRYPT_ANY_SLOT</I> then all active keyslots
|
||||
* are tried one by one until the volume key is found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection cactive_pars crypt_get_active_device()
|
||||
* This call returns structure containing runtime attributes of active device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection cinit_by_name crypt_init_by_name()
|
||||
* In case you need to do operations with active device (device which already
|
||||
* has its corresponding mapping) and you miss valid device context stored in
|
||||
* *crypt_device reference, you should use this call. Function tries to
|
||||
* get path to backing device from DM, initializes context for it and loads LUKS
|
||||
* header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection cdeactivate crypt_deactivate()
|
||||
* Deactivates crypt device (removes DM mapping and safely erases volume key from kernel).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection cluks_ex crypt_luks_usage.c - Complex example
|
||||
* To compile and run use following commands in examples directory:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* make
|
||||
* ./crypt_luks_usage _path_to_[block_device]_file
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* Note that you need to have the cryptsetup library compiled. @include crypt_luks_usage.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section clog crypt_log_usage - cryptsetup logging API example
|
||||
* Example describes basic use case for cryptsetup logging. To compile and run
|
||||
* use following commands in examples directory:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* make
|
||||
* ./crypt_log_usage
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* Note that you need to have the cryptsetup library compiled. @include crypt_log_usage.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @example crypt_luks_usage.c
|
||||
* @example crypt_log_usage.c
|
||||
*/
|
17
docs/examples/Makefile
Normal file
17
docs/examples/Makefile
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
|||
TARGETS=crypt_log_usage crypt_luks_usage
|
||||
CFLAGS=-O0 -g -Wall -D_GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
LDLIBS=-lcryptsetup
|
||||
CC=gcc
|
||||
|
||||
all: $(TARGETS)
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_log_usage: crypt_log_usage.o
|
||||
$(CC) -o $@ $^ $(LDLIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_luks_usage: crypt_luks_usage.o
|
||||
$(CC) -o $@ $^ $(LDLIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
rm -f *.o *~ core $(TARGETS)
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: clean
|
81
docs/examples/crypt_log_usage.c
Normal file
81
docs/examples/crypt_log_usage.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
|||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* libcryptsetup API log example
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011-2024 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <syslog.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <libcryptsetup.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This is an example of crypt_set_log_callback API callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void simple_syslog_wrapper(int level, const char *msg, void *usrptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *prefix = (const char *)usrptr;
|
||||
int priority;
|
||||
|
||||
switch(level) {
|
||||
case CRYPT_LOG_NORMAL: priority = LOG_NOTICE; break;
|
||||
case CRYPT_LOG_ERROR: priority = LOG_ERR; break;
|
||||
case CRYPT_LOG_VERBOSE: priority = LOG_INFO; break;
|
||||
case CRYPT_LOG_DEBUG: priority = LOG_DEBUG; break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Unsupported log level requested!\n");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (prefix)
|
||||
syslog(priority, "%s:%s", prefix, msg);
|
||||
else
|
||||
syslog(priority, "%s", msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct crypt_device *cd;
|
||||
char usrprefix[] = "cslog_example";
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
if (geteuid()) {
|
||||
printf("Using of libcryptsetup requires super user privileges.\n");
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
openlog("cryptsetup", LOG_CONS | LOG_PID, LOG_USER);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize empty crypt device context */
|
||||
r = crypt_init(&cd, NULL);
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("crypt_init() failed.\n");
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* crypt_set_log_callback() - register a log callback for crypt context */
|
||||
crypt_set_log_callback(cd, &simple_syslog_wrapper, (void *)usrprefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* send messages ithrough the crypt_log() interface */
|
||||
crypt_log(cd, CRYPT_LOG_NORMAL, "This is normal log message");
|
||||
crypt_log(cd, CRYPT_LOG_ERROR, "This is error log message");
|
||||
crypt_log(cd, CRYPT_LOG_VERBOSE, "This is verbose log message");
|
||||
crypt_log(cd, CRYPT_LOG_DEBUG, "This is debug message");
|
||||
|
||||
/* release crypt context */
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize default (global) log callback */
|
||||
crypt_set_log_callback(NULL, &simple_syslog_wrapper, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_log(NULL, CRYPT_LOG_NORMAL, "This is normal log message");
|
||||
crypt_log(NULL, CRYPT_LOG_ERROR, "This is error log message");
|
||||
crypt_log(NULL, CRYPT_LOG_VERBOSE, "This is verbose log message");
|
||||
crypt_log(NULL, CRYPT_LOG_DEBUG, "This is debug message");
|
||||
|
||||
closelog();
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
237
docs/examples/crypt_luks_usage.c
Normal file
237
docs/examples/crypt_luks_usage.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
|
|||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* libcryptsetup API - using LUKS device example
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011-2024 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <libcryptsetup.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static int format_and_add_keyslots(const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct crypt_device *cd;
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The crypt_init() call is used to initialize crypt_device context,
|
||||
* The path parameter specifies a device path.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For path, you can use either link to a file or block device.
|
||||
* The loopback device will be detached automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
r = crypt_init(&cd, path);
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("crypt_init() failed for %s.\n", path);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("Context is attached to block device %s.\n", crypt_get_device_name(cd));
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* So far, no data were written to the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
printf("Device %s will be formatted as a LUKS device after 5 seconds.\n"
|
||||
"Press CTRL+C now if you want to cancel this operation.\n", path);
|
||||
sleep(5);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* NULLs for uuid and volume_key means that these attributes will be
|
||||
* generated during crypt_format().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_format(cd, /* crypt context */
|
||||
CRYPT_LUKS2, /* LUKS2 is a new LUKS format; use CRYPT_LUKS1 for LUKS1 */
|
||||
"aes", /* used cipher */
|
||||
"xts-plain64", /* used block mode and IV */
|
||||
NULL, /* generate UUID */
|
||||
NULL, /* generate volume key from RNG */
|
||||
512 / 8, /* 512bit key - here AES-256 in XTS mode, size is in bytes */
|
||||
NULL); /* default parameters */
|
||||
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("crypt_format() failed on device %s\n", crypt_get_device_name(cd));
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The device now contains a LUKS header, but there is no active keyslot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crypt_keyslot_add_* call stores the volume_key in the encrypted form into the keyslot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After format, the volume key is stored internally.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_keyslot_add_by_volume_key(cd, /* crypt context */
|
||||
CRYPT_ANY_SLOT, /* just use first free slot */
|
||||
NULL, /* use internal volume key */
|
||||
0, /* unused (size of volume key) */
|
||||
"foo", /* passphrase - NULL means query*/
|
||||
3); /* size of passphrase */
|
||||
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("Adding keyslot failed.\n");
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("The first keyslot is initialized.\n");
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Add another keyslot, now authenticating with the first keyslot.
|
||||
* It decrypts the volume key from the first keyslot and creates a new one with the specified passphrase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_keyslot_add_by_passphrase(cd, /* crypt context */
|
||||
CRYPT_ANY_SLOT, /* just use first free slot */
|
||||
"foo", 3, /* passphrase for the old keyslot */
|
||||
"bar", 3); /* passphrase for the new kesylot */
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("Adding keyslot failed.\n");
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("The second keyslot is initialized.\n");
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int activate_and_check_status(const char *path, const char *device_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct crypt_device *cd;
|
||||
struct crypt_active_device cad;
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* LUKS device activation example.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_init(&cd, path);
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("crypt_init() failed for %s.\n", path);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* crypt_load() is used to load existing LUKS header from a block device
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_load(cd, /* crypt context */
|
||||
CRYPT_LUKS, /* requested type - here LUKS of any type */
|
||||
NULL); /* additional parameters (not used) */
|
||||
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("crypt_load() failed on device %s.\n", crypt_get_device_name(cd));
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Device activation creates a device-mapper device with the specified name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_activate_by_passphrase(cd, /* crypt context */
|
||||
device_name, /* device name to activate */
|
||||
CRYPT_ANY_SLOT,/* the keyslot use (try all here) */
|
||||
"foo", 3, /* passphrase */
|
||||
CRYPT_ACTIVATE_READONLY); /* flags */
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("Device %s activation failed.\n", device_name);
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("%s device %s/%s is active.\n", crypt_get_type(cd), crypt_get_dir(), device_name);
|
||||
printf("\tcipher used: %s\n", crypt_get_cipher(cd));
|
||||
printf("\tcipher mode: %s\n", crypt_get_cipher_mode(cd));
|
||||
printf("\tdevice UUID: %s\n", crypt_get_uuid(cd));
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get info about the active device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_get_active_device(cd, device_name, &cad);
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("Get info about active device %s failed.\n", device_name);
|
||||
crypt_deactivate(cd, device_name);
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("Active device parameters for %s:\n"
|
||||
"\tDevice offset (in sectors): %" PRIu64 "\n"
|
||||
"\tIV offset (in sectors) : %" PRIu64 "\n"
|
||||
"\tdevice size (in sectors) : %" PRIu64 "\n"
|
||||
"\tread-only flag : %s\n",
|
||||
device_name, cad.offset, cad.iv_offset, cad.size,
|
||||
cad.flags & CRYPT_ACTIVATE_READONLY ? "1" : "0");
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int handle_active_device(const char *device_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct crypt_device *cd;
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* crypt_init_by_name() initializes context by an active device-mapper name
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_init_by_name(&cd, device_name);
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("crypt_init_by_name() failed for %s.\n", device_name);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (crypt_status(cd, device_name) == CRYPT_ACTIVE)
|
||||
printf("Device %s is still active.\n", device_name);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf("Something failed perhaps, device %s is not active.\n", device_name);
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* crypt_deactivate() is used to deactivate a device
|
||||
*/
|
||||
r = crypt_deactivate(cd, device_name);
|
||||
if (r < 0) {
|
||||
printf("crypt_deactivate() failed.\n");
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("Device %s is now deactivated.\n", device_name);
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_free(cd);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int main(int argc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (geteuid()) {
|
||||
printf("Using of libcryptsetup requires super user privileges.\n");
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (argc != 2) {
|
||||
printf("usage: ./crypt_luks_usage <path>\n"
|
||||
"<path> refers to either a regular file or a block device.\n"
|
||||
" WARNING: the file or device will be wiped.\n");
|
||||
return 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (format_and_add_keyslots(argv[1]))
|
||||
return 3;
|
||||
|
||||
if (activate_and_check_status(argv[1], "example_device"))
|
||||
return 4;
|
||||
|
||||
if (handle_active_device("example_device"))
|
||||
return 5;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
BIN
docs/on-disk-format-luks2.pdf
Normal file
BIN
docs/on-disk-format-luks2.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
docs/on-disk-format.pdf
Normal file
BIN
docs/on-disk-format.pdf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
92
docs/v1.0.7-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
92
docs/v1.0.7-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
|||
cryptsetup 1.0.7 Release Notes (2009-07-22)
|
||||
===========================================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 1.0.7-rc1
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
[committer name]
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow removal of last slot in luksRemoveKey
|
||||
and luksKillSlot. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --disable-selinux option and fix static build if selinux
|
||||
is required. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Reject unsupported --offset and --skip options for luksFormat
|
||||
and update man page. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since 1.0.6
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
[committer name]
|
||||
|
||||
* Various man page fixes. Also merged some Debian/Ubuntu man page
|
||||
fixes. (thanks to Martin Pitt) [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Set UUID in device-mapper for LUKS devices. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Retain readahead of underlying device. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Display device name when asking for password. (thanks to Till
|
||||
Maas) [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Check device size when loading LUKS header. Remove misleading
|
||||
error message later. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Add error hint if dm-crypt mapping failed. (Key size and kernel
|
||||
version check for XTS and LRW mode for now.) [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Use better error messages if device doesn't exist or is already
|
||||
used by other mapping. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix make distcheck. (thanks to Mike Kelly) [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Check if all slots are full during luksAddKey. [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix segfault in set_error (thanks to Oliver Metz). [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove precompiled pot files. Fix uninitialized return value
|
||||
variable in setup.c. [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Code cleanups. (thanks to Ivan Stankovic) [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove unnecessary files from po directory. They will be
|
||||
regenerated by autogen.sh. [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix wrong output for remaining key at key deletion. Allow deletion
|
||||
of key slot while other keys have the same key information. [Clemens
|
||||
Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Add missing AM_PROG_CC_C_O to configure.in [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove duplicate sentence in man page (thanks to Till Maas).
|
||||
[Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Wipe start of device (possible fs signature) before
|
||||
LUKS-formatting. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not process configure.in in hidden directories. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Return more descriptive error in case of IO or header format
|
||||
error. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Use remapping to error target instead of calling udevsettle
|
||||
for temporary crypt device. [Milan Broz]
|
||||
|
||||
* Check device mapper communication and warn user in case the
|
||||
communication fails. (thanks to Milan Broz) [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix signal handler to proper close device. (thanks to Milan Broz)
|
||||
[Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* write_lseek_blockwise: declare innerCount outside the if block,
|
||||
add -Wall to the default CFLAGS, * fix some signedness issues
|
||||
(thanks to Ivan Stankovic) [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Error handling improvement. (thanks to Erik Edin) [Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Add non-exclusive override to interface definition. [Clemens
|
||||
Fruhwirth]
|
||||
|
||||
* Refactor key slot selection into keyslot_from_option. Either
|
||||
autoselect next free keyslot or honor user choice (after checking).
|
||||
[Clemens Fruhwirth]
|
110
docs/v1.1.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
110
docs/v1.1.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.1.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.0.7
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Important changes:
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: the default compiled-in cipher parameters changed
|
||||
plain mode: aes-cbc-essiv:sha256 (default is backward incompatible!).
|
||||
LUKS mode: aes-cbc-essiv:sha256 (only key size increased)
|
||||
In both modes is now default key size 256bits.
|
||||
|
||||
* Default compiled-in parameters are now configurable through configure options:
|
||||
--with-plain-* / --with-luks1-* (see configure --help)
|
||||
|
||||
* If you need backward compatible defaults for distribution use
|
||||
configure --with-plain-mode=cbc-plain --with-luks1-keybits=128
|
||||
|
||||
Default compiled-in modes are printed in "cryptsetup --help" output.
|
||||
|
||||
* Change in iterations count (LUKS):
|
||||
The slot and key digest iteration minimum count is now 1000.
|
||||
The key digest iteration count is calculated from iteration time (approx 1/8 of req. time).
|
||||
For more info about above items see discussion here: http://tinyurl.com/yaug97y
|
||||
|
||||
* New libcryptsetup API (documented in libcryptsetup.h).
|
||||
|
||||
The old API (using crypt_options struct) is still available but will remain
|
||||
frozen and not used for new functions.
|
||||
Soname of library changed to libcryptsetup.so.1.0.0.
|
||||
(But only recompilation should be needed for old programs.)
|
||||
|
||||
The new API provides much more flexible operation over LUKS device for
|
||||
applications, it is preferred that new applications will use libcryptsetup
|
||||
and not wrapper around cryptsetup binary.
|
||||
|
||||
* New luksHeaderBackup and luksHeaderRestore commands.
|
||||
|
||||
These commands allows binary backup of LUKS header.
|
||||
Please read man page about possible security issues with backup files.
|
||||
|
||||
* New luksSuspend (freeze device and wipe key) and luksResume (with provided passphrase).
|
||||
|
||||
luksSuspend wipe encryption key in kernel memory and set device to suspend
|
||||
(blocking all IO) state. This option can be used for situations when you need
|
||||
temporary wipe encryption key (like suspend to RAM etc.)
|
||||
Please read man page for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
* New --master-key-file option for luksFormat and luksAddKey.
|
||||
|
||||
User can now specify pre-generated master key in file, which allows regenerating
|
||||
LUKS header or add key with only master key knowledge.
|
||||
|
||||
* Uses libgcrypt and enables all gcrypt hash algorithms for LUKS through -h luksFormat option.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that using different hash for LUKS header make device incompatible with
|
||||
old cryptsetup releases.
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduces --debug parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
Use when reporting bugs (just run cryptsetup with --debug and attach output
|
||||
to issue report.) Sensitive data are never printed to this log.
|
||||
|
||||
* Moves command successful messages to verbose level.
|
||||
|
||||
* Requires device-mapper library and libgcrypt to build.
|
||||
|
||||
* Uses dm-uuid for all crypt devices, contains device type and name now.
|
||||
|
||||
* Removes support for dangerous non-exclusive option
|
||||
(it is ignored now, LUKS device must be always opened exclusive)
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes:
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Fixed localization to work again. Also cryptsetup is now translated by translationproject.org.
|
||||
* Fix some libcryptsetup problems, including
|
||||
* exported symbols and versions in libcryptsetup (properly use versioned symbols)
|
||||
* Add crypt_log library function.
|
||||
* Add CRYPT_ prefix to enum defined in libcryptsetup.h.
|
||||
* Move duplicate Command failed message to verbose level (error is printed always).
|
||||
* Fix several problems in build system
|
||||
* use autopoint and clean gettext processing.
|
||||
* Check in configure if selinux libraries are required in static version.
|
||||
* Fix build for non-standard location of gcrypt library.
|
||||
* Add temporary debug code to find processes locking internal device.
|
||||
* Fix error handling during reading passphrase.
|
||||
* Fail passphrase read if piped input no longer exists.
|
||||
* Fix man page to not require --size which expands to device size by default.
|
||||
* Clean up Makefiles and configure script.
|
||||
* Try to read first sector from device to properly check that device is ready.
|
||||
* Move memory locking and dm initialization to command layer.
|
||||
* Increase priority of process if memory is locked.
|
||||
* Add log macros and make logging more consistent.
|
||||
* Keyfile now must be provided by path, only stdin file descriptor is used (api only).
|
||||
* Do not call isatty() on closed keyfile descriptor.
|
||||
* Move key slot manipulation function into LUKS specific code.
|
||||
* Replace global options struct with separate parameters in helper functions.
|
||||
* Implement old API calls using new functions.
|
||||
* Allow using passphrase provided in options struct for LuksOpen.
|
||||
* Allow restrict keys size in LuksOpen.
|
||||
* Fix errors when compiled with LUKS_DEBUG.
|
||||
* Print error when getline fails.
|
||||
* Completely remove internal SHA1 implementation code, not needed anymore.
|
||||
* Pad luks header to 512 sector size.
|
||||
* Rework read/write blockwise to not split operation to many pieces.
|
||||
* Use posix_memalign if available.
|
||||
* Fix segfault if provided slot in luksKillslot is invalid.
|
||||
* Remove unneeded timeout when remove of temporary device succeeded.
|
47
docs/v1.1.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
47
docs/v1.1.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.1.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.1.1-rc2
|
||||
* Fix luksClose error if underlying device is LVM logical volume.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.1.1-rc1
|
||||
* Fix automatic dm-crypt module loading.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.1.0
|
||||
|
||||
Important changes:
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Detects and use device-mapper udev support if available.
|
||||
|
||||
This should allow synchronisation with udev rules and avoid races with udev.
|
||||
|
||||
If package maintainer want to use old, direct libdevmapper device node creation,
|
||||
use configure option --disable-udev.
|
||||
|
||||
* Supports device topology detection for data alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
If kernel provides device topology ioctl calls, the LUKS data area
|
||||
alignment is automatically set to optimal value.
|
||||
|
||||
This means that stacked devices (like LUKS over MD/LVM)
|
||||
should use the most optimal data alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
(You can still overwrite this calculation using --align-payload option.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Prefers some device paths in status display.
|
||||
(So status command will try to find top level device name, like /dev/sdb.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix package config file to use proper package version.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes:
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Fix luksOpen reading of passphrase on stdin (if "-" keyfile specified).
|
||||
* Fix isLuks to initialise crypto backend (blkid instead is suggested anyway).
|
||||
* Properly initialise crypto backend in header backup/restore commands.
|
||||
* Do not verify unlocking passphrase in luksAddKey command.
|
||||
* Allow no hash specification in plain device constructor - user can provide volume key directly.
|
||||
* Try to use pkgconfig for device mapper library in configuration script.
|
||||
* Add some compatibility checks and disable LUKS suspend/resume if not supported.
|
||||
* Rearrange tests, "make check" now run all available test for package.
|
||||
* Avoid class C++ keyword in library header.
|
33
docs/v1.1.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
33
docs/v1.1.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
|||
== Cryptsetup 1.1.2 Release Notes ==
|
||||
|
||||
This release fixes a regression (introduced in 1.1.1 version) in handling
|
||||
key files containing new line characters (affects only files read from
|
||||
standard input).
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup can accept passphrase on stdin (standard input).
|
||||
|
||||
Handling of new line (\n) character is defined by input specification:
|
||||
|
||||
* if keyfile is specified as "-" (using --key-file=- of by "-" positional argument
|
||||
in luksFormat and luksAddKey, like cat file | cryptsetup --key-file=- <action>),
|
||||
input is processed as normal binary file and no new line is interpreted.
|
||||
|
||||
* if there is no key file specification (with default input from stdin pipe
|
||||
like echo passphrase | cryptsetup <action>) input is processed as input from terminal,
|
||||
reading will stop after new line is detected.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, luksFormat now understands --key-file (in addition to positional key
|
||||
file argument).
|
||||
|
||||
N.B. Using of standard input and pipes for passphrases should be avoided if possible,
|
||||
cryptsetup have no control of used pipe buffers between commands in scripts and cannot
|
||||
guarantee that all passphrase/key-file buffers are properly wiped after use.
|
||||
|
||||
=== changes since version 1.1.1 ===
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix luksFormat/luksOpen reading passphrase from stdin and "-" keyfile.
|
||||
* Support --key-file/-d option for luksFormat.
|
||||
* Fix description of --key-file and add --verbose and --debug options to man page.
|
||||
* Add verbose log level and move unlocking message there.
|
||||
* Remove device even if underlying device disappeared (remove, luksClose).
|
||||
* Fix (deprecated) reload device command to accept new device argument.
|
13
docs/v1.1.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
13
docs/v1.1.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
|||
== Cryptsetup 1.1.3 Release Notes ==
|
||||
|
||||
=== changes since version 1.1.2 ===
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix device alignment ioctl calls parameters.
|
||||
(Device alignment code was not working properly on some architectures like ppc64.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix activate_by_* API calls to handle NULL device name as documented.
|
||||
(To enable check of passphrase/keyfile using libcryptsetup without activating the device.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix udev support for old libdevmapper with not compatible definition.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added Polish translation file.
|
126
docs/v1.2.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
126
docs/v1.2.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.2.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.2.0-rc1
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix crypt_activate_by_keyfile() to work with PLAIN devices.
|
||||
* Fix plain create command to properly handle keyfile size.
|
||||
* Update translations.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.1.3
|
||||
|
||||
Important changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Add text version of *FAQ* (Frequently Asked Questions) to distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add selection of random/urandom number generator for luksFormat
|
||||
(option --use-random and --use-urandom).
|
||||
|
||||
(This affects only long term volume key in *luksFormat*,
|
||||
not RNG used for salt and AF splitter).
|
||||
|
||||
You can also set the default to /dev/random during compilation with
|
||||
--enable-dev-random. Compiled-in default is printed in --help output.
|
||||
|
||||
Be very careful before changing default to blocking /dev/random use here.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix *luksRemoveKey* to not ask for remaining keyslot passphrase,
|
||||
only for removed one.
|
||||
|
||||
* No longer support *luksDelKey* (replaced with luksKillSlot).
|
||||
* if you want to remove particular passphrase, use *luksKeyRemove*
|
||||
* if you want to remove particular keyslot, use *luksKillSlot*
|
||||
|
||||
Note that in batch mode *luksKillSlot* allows removing of any keyslot
|
||||
without question, in normal mode requires passphrase or keyfile from
|
||||
other keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
* *Default alignment* for device (if not overridden by topology info)
|
||||
is now (multiple of) *1MiB*.
|
||||
This reflects trends in storage technologies and aligns to the same
|
||||
defaults for partitions and volume management.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow explicit UUID setting in *luksFormat* and allow change it later
|
||||
in *luksUUID* (--uuid parameter).
|
||||
|
||||
* All commands using key file now allows limited read from keyfile using
|
||||
--keyfile-size and --new-keyfile-size parameters (in bytes).
|
||||
|
||||
This change also disallows overloading of --key-size parameter which
|
||||
is now exclusively used for key size specification (in bits.)
|
||||
|
||||
* *luksFormat* using pre-generated master key now properly allows
|
||||
using key file (only passphrase was allowed prior to this update).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --dump-master-key option for *luksDump* to perform volume (master)
|
||||
key dump. Note that printed information allows accessing device without
|
||||
passphrase so it must be stored encrypted.
|
||||
|
||||
This operation is useful for simple Key Escrow function (volume key and
|
||||
encryption parameters printed on paper on safe place).
|
||||
|
||||
This operation requires passphrase or key file.
|
||||
|
||||
* The reload command is no longer supported.
|
||||
(Use dmsetup reload instead if needed. There is no real use for this
|
||||
function except explicit data corruption:-)
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now properly checks if underlying device is in use and
|
||||
disallows *luksFormat*, *luksOpen* and *create* commands on open
|
||||
(e.g. already mapped or mounted) device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Option --non-exclusive (already deprecated) is removed.
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API additions:
|
||||
|
||||
* new functions
|
||||
* crypt_get_type() - explicit query to crypt device context type
|
||||
* crypt_resize() - new resize command using context
|
||||
* crypt_keyslot_max() - helper to get number of supported keyslots
|
||||
* crypt_get_active_device() - get active device info
|
||||
* crypt_set/get_rng_type() - random/urandom RNG setting
|
||||
* crypt_set_uuid() - explicit UUID change of existing device
|
||||
* crypt_get_device_name() - get underlying device name
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix optional password callback handling.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow one to activate by internally cached volume key immediately after
|
||||
crypt_format() without active slot (for temporary devices with
|
||||
on-disk metadata)
|
||||
|
||||
* libcryptsetup is binary compatible with 1.1.x release and still
|
||||
supports legacy API calls
|
||||
|
||||
* cryptsetup binary now uses only new API calls.
|
||||
|
||||
* Static compilation of both library (--enable-static) and cryptsetup
|
||||
binary (--enable-static-cryptsetup) is now properly implemented by common
|
||||
libtool logic.
|
||||
|
||||
Prior to this it produced miscompiled dynamic cryptsetup binary with
|
||||
statically linked libcryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
The static binary is compiled as src/cryptsetup.static in parallel
|
||||
with dynamic build if requested.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Fix default plain password entry from terminal in activate_by_passphrase.
|
||||
* Initialize volume key from active device in crypt_init_by_name()
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup binary exit codes.
|
||||
0 - success, otherwise fail
|
||||
1 - wrong parameters
|
||||
2 - no permission
|
||||
3 - out of memory
|
||||
4 - wrong device specified
|
||||
5 - device already exists or device is busy
|
||||
* Remove some obsolete info from man page.
|
||||
* Add more regression tests for commands.
|
||||
* Fix possible double free when handling master key file.
|
||||
* Fix pkg-config use in automake scripts.
|
||||
* Wipe iteration and salt after luksKillSlot in LUKS header.
|
||||
* Rewrite file differ test to C (and fix it to really work).
|
||||
* Do not query non-existent device twice (cryptsetup status /dev/nonexistent).
|
||||
* Check if requested hash is supported before writing LUKS header.
|
||||
* Fix problems reported by clang scan-build.
|
101
docs/v1.3.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
101
docs/v1.3.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.3.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.2.0
|
||||
|
||||
Important changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Several userspace crypto backends support
|
||||
|
||||
cryptsetup now supports generic crypto backend interface which allows
|
||||
compile package with various crypto libraries, these are already implemented:
|
||||
|
||||
* gcrypt (default, used in previous versions)
|
||||
* OpenSSL
|
||||
* NSS (because of missing ripemd160 it cannot provide full backward compatibility)
|
||||
* kernel userspace API (provided by kernel 2.6.38 and above)
|
||||
(Note that kernel userspace backend is very slow for this type of operation.
|
||||
But it can be useful for embedded systems, because you can avoid userspace
|
||||
crypto library completely.)
|
||||
|
||||
Backend is selected during configure time, using --with-crypto_backend option.
|
||||
|
||||
configure --with-crypto_backend=BACKEND (gcrypt/openssl/nss/kernel) [gcrypt]
|
||||
|
||||
Note that performance checked (iterations) in LUKS header will cause that
|
||||
real iteration time will differ with different backends.
|
||||
(There are huge differences in speed between libraries.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now automatically allocates loopback device (/dev/loop) if device
|
||||
argument is file and not plain device.
|
||||
|
||||
This require Linux kernel 2.6.25 and above (which implements loop autoclear flag).
|
||||
|
||||
You can see backing file in cryptsetup status output if underlying device is loopback.
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduce maximum default keyfile size, add configure option, visible in --help.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup now fails if read from keyfile exceeds internal limit.
|
||||
You can always specify keyfile size (overrides limit) by using --keyfile-size option.
|
||||
|
||||
* Adds luksChangeKey command
|
||||
|
||||
cryptestup luksChangeKey --key-file <old keyfile> <new keyfile> [--key-slot X]
|
||||
cryptestup luksChangeKey [--key-slot X] (for passphrase change)
|
||||
|
||||
This command allows passphrase/keyfile change in one step. If no key slot is
|
||||
specified (and there is still free key slot on device) new slot is allocated before
|
||||
the old is purged.
|
||||
|
||||
If --key-slot option is specified (or there is no free slot) command will overwrite
|
||||
existing slot.
|
||||
WARNING: Be sure you have another slot active or header backup when using explicit
|
||||
key slot (so you can unlock the device even after possible media failure).
|
||||
|
||||
* Adds compatible support for loop-AES encryption type in loopaesOpen command.
|
||||
|
||||
Linux dm-crypt in 2.6.38 and above supports loop-AES compatible mapping
|
||||
(including multi-key and special CBC mode, all three modes are supported).
|
||||
|
||||
If you have raw loop-AES keyfile (text file with uuencoded per-line keys), you can
|
||||
access loop-AES volume using
|
||||
cryptsetup loopaesOpen <device> <name> [--key-size 128] --key-file <key-file>
|
||||
|
||||
If you are using GPG encrypted keyfile
|
||||
gpg --decrypt <key-file> | cryptsetup loopaesOpen --key-file=- <device> <name>
|
||||
|
||||
Do not forget to specify key size. Version and hash is automatically detected
|
||||
according to number of lines in key file. For special configuration you can
|
||||
override IV sector offset using --skip option, device offset with --offset
|
||||
and hash algorithm using --hash, see man page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that loopAES dm-crypt mode is provided for compatibility reasons
|
||||
(so you do not need to patch kernel and util-linux to map existing volumes)
|
||||
but it is not, and never will be, optimized for speed.
|
||||
It is experimental feature for now.
|
||||
|
||||
* Require the whole key read from keyfile in create command (regression in 1.2.0).
|
||||
|
||||
* WARNING: This is the last cryptsetup release which supports library with
|
||||
old API (using struct crypt_options).
|
||||
These calls are deprecated since 1.1.0 and AFAIK no application
|
||||
is using it in recent distros. Removing compatible code will allow
|
||||
new features to be implemented easily.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Lock memory also in luksDump command.
|
||||
* Fix return code when passphrase is read from pipe.
|
||||
* Increase libcryptsetup version (loopAES change), still fully backward compatible.
|
||||
* Fixes static build (--disable-static-cryptsetup now works properly).
|
||||
* Supports secure data flag for device-mapper ioctl (will be in 2.6.39,
|
||||
forcing kernel to wipe all ioctl buffers with possible key data).
|
||||
To enable this flag you need new device-mapper library, in LVM2 2.02.84.
|
||||
* Add copyright texts into some files and adds GPL exception allowing
|
||||
to distribute resulting binaries linked with OpenSSL.
|
||||
* Update FAQ.
|
||||
* Fix message when locking memory fails.
|
||||
* Fix luksAddKey return code if master key is used.
|
||||
* Update some text files in distributions.
|
||||
* Add docs directory with Release Notes archive.
|
||||
* Do not hardcode loopback device name in tests, use internal loopback library.
|
14
docs/v1.3.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
14
docs/v1.3.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.3.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.3.0
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix keyfile=- processing in create command (regression in 1.3.0).
|
||||
|
||||
* Simplify device path status check (use /sys and do not scan /dev).
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not ignore device size argument for create command (regression in 1.2.0).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix error paths in blockwise code and lseek_write call.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add optional Nettle crypto backend support.
|
131
docs/v1.4.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
131
docs/v1.4.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.4.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.3.1
|
||||
|
||||
Important changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: This release removes old deprecated API from libcryptsetup
|
||||
(all functions using struct crypt_options).
|
||||
|
||||
This require libcrypsetup version change and
|
||||
rebuild of applications using cryptsetup library.
|
||||
All new API symbols are backward compatible.
|
||||
|
||||
* If device is not rotational disk, cryptsetup no longer tries
|
||||
to wipe keyslot with Gutmann algorithm for magnetic media erase
|
||||
but simply rewrites area once by random data.
|
||||
|
||||
* The on-disk LUKS header can now be detached (e.g. placed on separate
|
||||
device or in file) using new --header option.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is only relevant for LUKS devices and can be used in
|
||||
luksFormat, luksOpen, luksSuspend, luksResume and resize commands.
|
||||
|
||||
If used with luksFormat the --align-payload option is taken
|
||||
as absolute sector alignment on ciphertext device and can be zero.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
Create LUKS device with ciphertext device on /dev/sdb and header
|
||||
on device /dev/sdc. Use all space on /dev/sdb (no reserved area for header).
|
||||
|
||||
cryptsetup luksFormat /dev/sdb --header /dev/sdc --align-payload 0
|
||||
|
||||
Activate such device:
|
||||
cryptsetup luksOpen /dev/sdb --header /dev/sdc test_disk
|
||||
|
||||
You can use file for LUKS header (loop device will be used while
|
||||
manipulating with such detached header), just you have to create
|
||||
large enough file in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/luks_header bs=1M count=4
|
||||
cryptsetup luksFormat /dev/sdb --header /mnt/luks_header --align-payload 0
|
||||
|
||||
Activation is the same as above.
|
||||
|
||||
cryptsetup luksOpen /dev/sdb --header /mnt/luks_header test_disk
|
||||
|
||||
All keyslot operations need to be run on _header_ not on ciphertext device,
|
||||
an example:
|
||||
|
||||
cryptsetup luksAddKey /mnt/luks_header
|
||||
|
||||
If you do not use --align-payload 0, you can later restore LUKS header
|
||||
on device itself (and use it as normal LUKS device without detached header).
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: There is no possible check that specified ciphertext device
|
||||
matches detached on-disk header. Use with care, it can destroy
|
||||
your data in case of a mistake.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: Storing LUKS header in a file means that anti-forensic splitter
|
||||
cannot properly work (there is filesystem allocation layer between
|
||||
header and disk).
|
||||
|
||||
* Support --allow-discards option to allow discards/TRIM requests.
|
||||
|
||||
Since kernel 3.1, dm-crypt devices optionally (not by default) support
|
||||
block discards (TRIM) commands.
|
||||
If you want to enable this operation, you have to enable it manually
|
||||
on every activation using --allow-discards
|
||||
|
||||
cryptsetup luksOpen --allow-discards /dev/sdb test_disk
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: There are several security consequences, please read at least
|
||||
http://asalor.blogspot.com/2011/08/trim-dm-crypt-problems.html
|
||||
before you enable it.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --shared option for creating non-overlapping crypt segments.
|
||||
|
||||
The --shared options checks that mapped segments are not overlapping
|
||||
and allows non-exclusive access to underlying device.
|
||||
Only plain crypt devices can be used in this mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Example - map 64M of device disk and following 32 M area as another disk.
|
||||
|
||||
cryptsetup create outer_disk /dev/sdb --offset 0 --size 65536
|
||||
cryptsetup create inner_disk /dev/sdb --offset 65536 --size 32768 --shared
|
||||
|
||||
(It can be used to simulate trivial hidden disk concepts.)
|
||||
|
||||
libcryptsetup API changes:
|
||||
* Added options to support detached metadata device
|
||||
crypt_init_by_name_and_header()
|
||||
crypt_set_data_device()
|
||||
* Add crypt_last_error() API call.
|
||||
* Fix plain crypt format parameters to include size option.
|
||||
* Add crypt_get_iv_offset() function.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove old API functions (all functions using crypt_options).
|
||||
|
||||
* Support key-slot option for luksOpen (use only explicit keyslot).
|
||||
|
||||
You can now specify key slot in luksOpen and limit checking
|
||||
only to specified slot.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support retries and timeout parameters for luksSuspend.
|
||||
(The same way as in luksOpen.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Add doxygen-like documentation (it will be available on project page later).
|
||||
(To generate it manually run doxygen in docs directory.)
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Fix crypt_load to properly check device size.
|
||||
* Do not allow context format of already formatted device.
|
||||
* Do not allow key retrieval while suspended (key could be wiped).
|
||||
* Do not allow suspend for non-LUKS devices.
|
||||
* Fix luksKillSLot exit code if slot is inactive or invalid.
|
||||
* Fix exit code if passphrases do not match in luksAddKey.
|
||||
* Fix return code for status command when device doesn't exists.
|
||||
* Fix verbose messages in isLuks command.
|
||||
* Support Nettle 2.4 crypto backend (supports ripemd160).
|
||||
* Add LUKS on-disk format description into package.
|
||||
* Enhance check of device size before writing LUKS header.
|
||||
* Add more paranoid checks for LUKS header and keyslot attributes.
|
||||
* Use new /dev/loop-control (kernel 3.1) if possible.
|
||||
* Remove hash/hmac restart from crypto backend and make it part of hash/hmac final.
|
||||
* Improve check for invalid offset and size values.
|
||||
* Revert default initialisation of volume key in crypt_init_by_name().
|
||||
* Add more regression tests.
|
||||
* Add some libcryptsetup example files (see docs/examples).
|
25
docs/v1.4.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
25
docs/v1.4.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.4.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.4.0
|
||||
|
||||
* Merge experimental Python cryptsetup (pycryptsetup) binding.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is disabled by default, you can enable build of Python binding
|
||||
with --enable--python configure switch.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that binding currently covers only partial libcryptsetup functions,
|
||||
mainly LUKS device handling needed for Anaconda installer.
|
||||
Until now provided separately as python-cryptsetup.
|
||||
Thanks to Martin Sivak for the code.
|
||||
|
||||
See python subdirectory for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
Python binding code is experimental for now, no stable API guarantee.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix crypt_get_volume_key_size() for plain device.
|
||||
(cryptsetup status reported zero key size for plain crypt devices).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix typo in set_iteration_time API call (old name remains for compatibility reasons).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix FSF address in license and add LGPL license text.
|
44
docs/v1.4.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
44
docs/v1.4.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.4.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.4.1
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --keyfile-offset and --new-keyfile-offset parameters to API and CLI.
|
||||
These options can be used to skip start of keyfile or device used as keyfile.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add repair command and crypt_repair() for known LUKS metadata problems repair.
|
||||
|
||||
Some well-known LUKS metadata corruptions are easy to repair, this
|
||||
command should provide a way to fix these problems.
|
||||
|
||||
Always create binary backup of header device before running repair,
|
||||
(only 4kB - visible header) for example by using dd:
|
||||
dd if=/dev/<LUKS header device> of=repair_bck.img bs=1k count=4
|
||||
|
||||
Then you can try to run repair:
|
||||
cryptsetup repair <device>
|
||||
|
||||
Note, not all problems are possible to repair and if keyslot or some header
|
||||
parameters are overwritten, device is lost permanently.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix header check to support old (cryptsetup 1.0.0) header alignment.
|
||||
(Regression in 1.4.0)
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow one to specify --align-payload only for luksFormat.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --master-key-file option to luksOpen (open using volume key).
|
||||
|
||||
* Support UUID=<LUKS_UUID> format for device specification.
|
||||
You can open device by UUID (only shortcut to /dev/disk/by-uuid/ symlinks).
|
||||
|
||||
* Support password verification with quiet flag if possible. (1.2.0)
|
||||
Password verification can be still possible if input is terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix retry if entered passphrases (with verify option) do not match.
|
||||
(It should retry if requested, not fail.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix use of empty keyfile.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix error message for luksClose and detached LUKS header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow --header for status command to get full info with detached header.
|
62
docs/v1.4.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
62
docs/v1.4.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.4.3 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.4.2
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix readonly activation if underlying device is readonly (1.4.0).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix loop mapping on readonly file.
|
||||
|
||||
* Include stddef.h in libdevmapper.h (size_t definition).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix keyslot removal for device with 4k hw block (1.4.0).
|
||||
(Wipe keyslot failed in this case.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Relax --shared flag to allow mapping even for overlapping segments.
|
||||
|
||||
The --shared flag (and API CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SHARED flag) is now able
|
||||
to map arbitrary overlapping area. From API it is even usable
|
||||
for LUKS devices.
|
||||
It is user responsibility to not cause data corruption though.
|
||||
|
||||
This allows e.g. scubed to work again and also allows some
|
||||
tricky extensions later.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow empty cipher (cipher_null) for testing.
|
||||
|
||||
You can now use "null" (or directly cipher_null-ecb) in cryptsetup.
|
||||
This means no encryption, useful for performance tests
|
||||
(measure dm-crypt layer overhead).
|
||||
|
||||
* Switch on retry on device remove for libdevmapper.
|
||||
Device-mapper now retry removal if device is busy.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow "private" activation (skip some udev global rules) flag.
|
||||
Cryptsetup library API now allows one to specify CRYPT_ACTIVATE_PRIVATE,
|
||||
which means that some udev rules are not processed.
|
||||
(Used for temporary devices, like internal keyslot mappings where
|
||||
it is not desirable to run any device scans.)
|
||||
|
||||
* This release also includes some Red Hat/Fedora specific extensions
|
||||
related to FIPS140-2 compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
In fact, all these patches are more formal changes and are just subset
|
||||
of building blocks for FIPS certification. See FAQ for more details
|
||||
about FIPS.
|
||||
|
||||
FIPS extensions are enabled by using --enable-fips configure switch.
|
||||
|
||||
In FIPS mode (kernel booted with fips=1 and gcrypt in FIPS mode)
|
||||
|
||||
- it provides library and binary integrity verification using
|
||||
libfipscheck (requires pre-generated checksums)
|
||||
|
||||
- it uses FIPS approved RNG for encryption key and salt generation
|
||||
(note that using /dev/random is not formally FIPS compliant RNG).
|
||||
|
||||
- only gcrypt crypto backend is currently supported in FIPS mode.
|
||||
|
||||
The FIPS RNG requirement for salt comes from NIST SP 800-132 recommendation.
|
||||
(Recommendation for Password-Based Key Derivation. Part 1: Storage Applications.
|
||||
http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-132/nist-sp800-132.pdf)
|
||||
LUKS should be aligned to this recommendation otherwise.
|
241
docs/v1.5.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
241
docs/v1.5.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.5.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
This release covers mainly inclusion of:
|
||||
|
||||
* Veritysetup tool (and related libcryptsetup extensions for dm-verity).
|
||||
|
||||
* Experimental cryptsetup-reencrypt tool (LUKS offline reencryption).
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.5.0-rc2
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --device-size option for reencryption tool.
|
||||
|
||||
* Switch to use unit suffix for --reduce-device-size option.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove open device debugging feature (no longer needed).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix library name for FIPS check.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add example of using reencryption inside dracut (see misc/dracut).
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.5.0-rc1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Introduce cryptsetup-reencrypt - experimental offline LUKS reencryption tool.
|
||||
|
||||
! cryptsetup-reencrypt tool is EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
! ALWAYS BE SURE YOU HAVE RELIABLE BACKUP BEFORE USING THIS TOOL
|
||||
|
||||
This tool tries to simplify situation when you need to re-encrypt the whole
|
||||
LUKS device in situ (without need to move data elsewhere).
|
||||
|
||||
This can happen for example when you want to change volume (master) key,
|
||||
encryption algorithm, or other encryption parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup-reencrypt can even optionally shift data on device
|
||||
(reducing data device size - you need some free space at the end of device).
|
||||
|
||||
In general, cryptsetup-reencrypt can be used to
|
||||
|
||||
- re-generate volume key
|
||||
- change arbitrary encryption parameters
|
||||
- add encryption to not yet encrypted drive
|
||||
|
||||
Side effect of reencryption is that final device will contain
|
||||
only ciphertext (for all sectors) so even if device was not properly
|
||||
wiped by random data, after reencryption you cannot distinguish
|
||||
which sectors are used.
|
||||
(Reencryption is done always for the whole device.)
|
||||
|
||||
There are for sure bugs, please TEST IT IN TEST ENVIRONMENT before
|
||||
use for your data.
|
||||
|
||||
This tool is not resistant to HW and kernel failures - hw crash
|
||||
will cause serious data corruption.
|
||||
|
||||
You can enable compilation of this tool with --enable-cryptsetup-reencrypt
|
||||
configure option (it is switched off by default).
|
||||
(Tool requires libcryptsetup 1.4.3 and later.)
|
||||
|
||||
You have to provide all keyslot passphrases or use --keyslot-option
|
||||
(then all other keyslots will be disabled).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLES (from man page)
|
||||
|
||||
Reencrypt /dev/sdb1 (change volume key)
|
||||
# cryptsetup-reencrypt /dev/sdb1
|
||||
|
||||
Reencrypt and also change cipher and cipher mode
|
||||
# cryptsetup-reencrypt /dev/sdb1 -c aes-xts-plain64
|
||||
|
||||
Note: if you are changing key size, there must be enough space
|
||||
for keyslots in header or you have to use --reduce-device size and
|
||||
reduce fs in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
Add LUKS encryption to not yet encrypted device
|
||||
First, be sure you have space added to disk.
|
||||
Or, alternatively, shrink filesystem in advance.
|
||||
|
||||
Here we need 4096 512-bytes sectors (enough for 2x128 bit key).
|
||||
|
||||
# fdisk -u /dev/sdb # move sdb1 partition end + 4096 sectors
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup-reencrypt /dev/sdb1 --new --reduce-device-size 4096
|
||||
|
||||
There are some options which can improve performance (depends on system),
|
||||
namely --use-directio (use direct IO for all operations) can be faster
|
||||
on some systems. See man page.
|
||||
|
||||
Progress and estimated time is printed during reencryption.
|
||||
|
||||
You can suspend reencryption (using ctrl+c or term signal).
|
||||
To continue reencryption you have to provide only
|
||||
the device parameter (offset is stored in temporary log file).
|
||||
|
||||
Please note LUKS device is marked invalid during reencryption and
|
||||
you have to retain tool temporary files until reencryption finishes.
|
||||
|
||||
Temporary files are LUKS-<uuid>.[log|org|new]
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix luks-header-from-active script (do not use LUKS header on-disk, add UUID).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --test-passphrase option for luksOpen (check passphrase only).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix parsing of hexadecimal string (salt or root hash) in veritysetup.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.4.3
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Introduce veritysetup tool for dm-verity target management.
|
||||
|
||||
The dm-verity device-mapper target was added to Linux kernel 3.4 and
|
||||
provides transparent integrity checking of block devices using a cryptographic
|
||||
digest provided by the kernel crypto API. This target is read-only.
|
||||
|
||||
It is meant to be setup as part of a verified boot path (it was originally
|
||||
developed by Chrome OS authors as part of verified boot infrastructure).
|
||||
|
||||
For deeper description please see http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/wiki/DMVerity
|
||||
and kernel dm-verity documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
The libcryptsetup library was extended to support manipulation
|
||||
with dm-verity kernel module and new veritysetup CLI tool is added.
|
||||
|
||||
There are no additional library requirements (it uses the same crypto
|
||||
backend as cryptsetup).
|
||||
|
||||
If you want compile cryptsetup without veritysetup tool,
|
||||
use --disable-veritysetup configure option.
|
||||
For other configuration option see configure --help and veritysetup --help
|
||||
(e.g. default parameters).
|
||||
|
||||
Supported libcryptsetup functions new CRYPT_VERITY type:
|
||||
crypt_init
|
||||
crypt_init_by_name
|
||||
crypt_set_data device
|
||||
crypt_get_type
|
||||
crypt_format
|
||||
crypt_load
|
||||
crypt_get_active_device
|
||||
crypt_activate_by_volume_key (volume key == root hash here)
|
||||
crypt_dump
|
||||
and new introduced function
|
||||
crypt_get_verity_info
|
||||
|
||||
Please see comments in libcryptsetup.h and veritysetup.c as an code example
|
||||
how to use CRYPT_VERITY API.
|
||||
|
||||
The veritysetup tool supports these operations:
|
||||
|
||||
veritysetup format <data_device> <hash_device>
|
||||
Formats <hash_device> (calculates all hash areas according to <data_device>).
|
||||
This is initial command to prepare device <hash_device> for later verification.
|
||||
|
||||
veritysetup create <name> <data_device> <hash_device> <root_hash>
|
||||
Creates (activates) a dm-verity mapping with <name> backed by device <data_device>
|
||||
and using <hash_device> for in-kernel verification.
|
||||
|
||||
veritysetup verify <data_device> <hash_device> <root_hash>
|
||||
Verifies data in userspace (no kernel device is activated).
|
||||
|
||||
veritysetup remove <name>
|
||||
Removes activated device from kernel (similar to dmsetup remove).
|
||||
|
||||
veritysetup status <name>
|
||||
Reports status for the active kernel dm-verity device.
|
||||
|
||||
veritysetup dump <hash_device>
|
||||
Reports parameters of verity device from on-disk stored superblock.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info see veritysetup --help and veritysetup man page.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Both data and header device can now be a file and
|
||||
loop device is automatically allocated.
|
||||
|
||||
* Require only up to last keyslot area for header device, previously
|
||||
backup (and activation) required device/file of size up to data start
|
||||
offset (data payload).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix header backup and restore to work on files with large data offset.
|
||||
Backup and restore now works even if backup file is smaller than data offset.
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix: Examples of veritysetup use
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Format device using default parameters, info and final root hash is printed:
|
||||
# veritysetup format /dev/sdb /dev/sdc
|
||||
VERITY header information for /dev/sdc
|
||||
UUID: fad30431-0c59-4fa6-9b57-732a90501f75
|
||||
Hash type: 1
|
||||
Data blocks: 52224
|
||||
Data block size: 4096
|
||||
Hash block size: 4096
|
||||
Hash algorithm: sha256
|
||||
Salt: 5cc52759af76a092e0c21829cd0ef6938f69831bf86926525106f92a7e9e3aa9
|
||||
Root hash: 7aefa4506f7af497ac491a27f862cf8005ea782a5d97f6426945a6896ab557a1
|
||||
|
||||
Activation of device in-kernel:
|
||||
# veritysetup create vr /dev/sdb /dev/sdc 7aefa4506f7af497ac491a27f862cf8005ea782a5d97f6426945a6896ab557a1
|
||||
Note - if device is corrupted, kernel mapping is created but will report failure:
|
||||
Verity device detected corruption after activation.
|
||||
|
||||
Userspace verification:
|
||||
# veritysetup verify /dev/sdb /dev/sdc 7aefa4506f7af497ac491a27f862cf8005ea782a5d97f6426945a6896ab557a1
|
||||
Verification failed at position 8192.
|
||||
Verification of data area failed.
|
||||
|
||||
Active device status report:
|
||||
# veritysetup status vr
|
||||
/dev/mapper/vr is active.
|
||||
type: VERITY
|
||||
status: verified
|
||||
hash type: 1
|
||||
data block: 4096
|
||||
hash block: 4096
|
||||
hash name: sha256
|
||||
salt: 5cc52759af76a092e0c21829cd0ef6938f69831bf86926525106f92a7e9e3aa9
|
||||
data device: /dev/sdb
|
||||
size: 417792 sectors
|
||||
mode: readonly
|
||||
hash device: /dev/sdc
|
||||
hash offset: 8 sectors
|
||||
|
||||
Dump of on-disk superblock information:
|
||||
# veritysetup dump /dev/sdc
|
||||
VERITY header information for /dev/sdc
|
||||
UUID: fad30431-0c59-4fa6-9b57-732a90501f75
|
||||
Hash type: 1
|
||||
Data blocks: 52224
|
||||
Data block size: 4096
|
||||
Hash block size: 4096
|
||||
Hash algorithm: sha256
|
||||
Salt: 5cc52759af76a092e0c21829cd0ef6938f69831bf86926525106f92a7e9e3aa9
|
||||
|
||||
Remove mapping:
|
||||
# veritysetup remove vr
|
32
docs/v1.5.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
32
docs/v1.5.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.5.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.5.0
|
||||
|
||||
* The libcryptsetup library now tries to initialize device-mapper backend and
|
||||
loop devices only if they are really needed (lazy initializations).
|
||||
This allows some operations to be run by a non-root user.
|
||||
|
||||
(Unfortunately LUKS header keyslot operations still require temporary dm-crypt
|
||||
device and device-mapper subsystem is available only to superuser.)
|
||||
|
||||
Also clear error messages are provided if running as non-root user and
|
||||
operation requires privileged user.
|
||||
|
||||
* Veritysetup can be now used by a normal user for creating hash image to file
|
||||
and also it can create hash image if doesn't exist.
|
||||
(Previously it required pre-allocated space.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Added crypt_keyslot_area() API call which allows external tools
|
||||
to get exact keyslot offsets and analyse content.
|
||||
|
||||
An example of a tool that searches the keyslot area of a LUKS container
|
||||
for positions where entropy is low and hence there is a high probability
|
||||
of damage is in misc/kesylot_checker.
|
||||
(Thanks to Arno Wagner for the code.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Optimized seek to keyfile-offset if key offset is large.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed luksHeaderBackup for very old v1.0 unaligned LUKS headers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Various fixes for problems found by a several static analysis tools.
|
261
docs/v1.6.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
261
docs/v1.6.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.0-rc1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Change LUKS default cipher to use XTS encryption mode,
|
||||
aes-xts-plain64 (i.e. using AES128-XTS).
|
||||
|
||||
XTS mode becomes standard in hard disk encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
You can still use any old mode:
|
||||
- compile cryptsetup with old default:
|
||||
configure --with-luks1-cipher=aes --with-luks1-mode=cbc-essiv:sha256 --with-luks1-keybits=256
|
||||
- format LUKS device with old default:
|
||||
cryptsetup luksFormat -c aes-cbc-essiv:sha256 -s 256 <device>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Skip tests and fix error messages if running on old systems (or with old kernel).
|
||||
|
||||
* Rename configure.in to configure.ac and fix issues with new automake and pkgconfig
|
||||
and --disable-kernel_crypto option to allow compilation with old kernel headers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow repair of 512 bits key header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix status of device if path argument is used and fix double path prefix
|
||||
for non-existent device path.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.5.1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Important changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup and libcryptsetup is now released under GPLv2+
|
||||
(GPL version 2 or any later).
|
||||
Some internal code handling files (loopaes, verity, tcrypt
|
||||
and crypto backend wrapper) are LGPLv2+.
|
||||
|
||||
Previously code was GPL version 2 only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Introducing new unified command open and close.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
cryptsetup open --type plain|luks|loopaes|tcrypt <device> <name>
|
||||
(type defaults to luks)
|
||||
|
||||
with backward-compatible aliases plainOpen, luksOpen, loopaesOpen,
|
||||
tcryptOpen. Basically "open --type xyz" has alias "xyzOpen".
|
||||
|
||||
The "create" command (plain device create) is DEPRECATED but will
|
||||
be still supported.
|
||||
(This command is confusing because of switched arguments order.)
|
||||
|
||||
The close command is generic command to remove mapping and have
|
||||
backward compatible aliases (remove, luksClose, ...) which behaves
|
||||
exactly the same.
|
||||
|
||||
While all old syntax is still supported, I strongly suggest to use
|
||||
new command syntax which is common for all device types (and possible
|
||||
new formats added in future).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* cryptsetup now support directly TCRYPT (TrueCrypt and compatible tc-play)
|
||||
on-disk format
|
||||
(Code is independent implementation not related to original project).
|
||||
|
||||
Only dump (tcryptDump command) and activation (open --type tcrypt or tcryptOpen)
|
||||
of TCRYPT device are supported. No header changes are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
It is intended to easily access containers shared with other operating systems
|
||||
without need to install 3rd party software. For native Linux installations LUKS
|
||||
is the preferred format.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: TCRYPT extension requires kernel userspace crypto API to be
|
||||
available (introduced in Linux kernel 2.6.38).
|
||||
If you are configuring kernel yourself, enable "User-space interface
|
||||
for symmetric key cipher algorithms" in "Cryptographic API" section
|
||||
(CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER .config option).
|
||||
|
||||
Because TCRYPT header is encrypted, you have to always provide valid
|
||||
passphrase and keyfiles. Keyfiles are handled exactly the same as in original
|
||||
format (basically, first 1MB of every keyfile is mixed using CRC32 into pool).
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup should recognize all TCRYPT header variants ever released, except
|
||||
legacy cipher chains using LRW encryption mode with 64 bits encryption block
|
||||
(namely Blowfish in LRW mode is not recognized, this is limitation of kernel
|
||||
crypto API).
|
||||
|
||||
Device activation is supported only for LRW/XTS modes (again, limitation
|
||||
of kernel dmcrypt which do not implements TCRYPT extensions to CBC mode).
|
||||
(So old containers cannot be activated, but you can use libcryptsetup
|
||||
for lost password search, example of such code is included in misc directory.)
|
||||
|
||||
Hidden header are supported using --tcrypt-hidden option, system encryption
|
||||
using --tcrypt-system option.
|
||||
|
||||
For detailed description see man page.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE:
|
||||
* Dump device parameters of container in file:
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup tcryptDump tst
|
||||
Enter passphrase:
|
||||
|
||||
TCRYPT header information for tst
|
||||
Version: 5
|
||||
Driver req.: 7
|
||||
Sector size: 512
|
||||
MK offset: 131072
|
||||
PBKDF2 hash: sha512
|
||||
Cipher chain: serpent-twofish-aes
|
||||
Cipher mode: xts-plain64
|
||||
MK bits: 1536
|
||||
|
||||
You can also dump master key using --dump-master-key.
|
||||
Dump does not require superuser privilege.
|
||||
|
||||
* Activation of this container
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup tcryptOpen tst tcrypt_dev
|
||||
Enter passphrase:
|
||||
(Chain of dmcrypt devices is activated as /dev/mapper/tcrypt_dev.)
|
||||
|
||||
* See status of active TCRYPT device
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup status tcrypt_dev
|
||||
|
||||
/dev/mapper/tcrypt_dev is active.
|
||||
type: TCRYPT
|
||||
cipher: serpent-twofish-aes-xts-plain64
|
||||
keysize: 1536 bits
|
||||
device: /dev/loop0
|
||||
loop: /tmp/tst
|
||||
offset: 256 sectors
|
||||
size: 65024 sectors
|
||||
skipped: 256 sectors
|
||||
mode: read/write
|
||||
|
||||
* And plaintext filesystem now ready to mount
|
||||
|
||||
# blkid /dev/mapper/tcrypt_dev
|
||||
/dev/mapper/tcrypt_dev: SEC_TYPE="msdos" UUID="9F33-2954" TYPE="vfat"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Add (optional) support for lipwquality for new LUKS passwords.
|
||||
|
||||
If password is entered through terminal (no keyfile specified)
|
||||
and cryptsetup is compiled with --enable-pwquality, default
|
||||
system pwquality settings are used to check password quality.
|
||||
|
||||
You can always override this check by using new --force-password option.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info about pwquality project see http://libpwquality.fedorahosted.org/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Proper handle interrupt signals (ctrl+c and TERM signal) in tools
|
||||
|
||||
Code should now handle interrupt properly, release and explicitly wipe
|
||||
in-memory key materials on interrupt.
|
||||
(Direct users of libcryptsetup should always call crypt_free() when
|
||||
code is interrupted to wipe all resources. There is no signal handling
|
||||
in library, it is up to the tool using it.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Add new benchmark command
|
||||
|
||||
The "benchmark" command now tries to benchmark PBKDF2 and some block
|
||||
cipher variants. You can specify you own parameters (--cipher/--key-size
|
||||
for block ciphers, --hash for PBKDF2).
|
||||
|
||||
See man page for detailed description.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: benchmark command requires kernel userspace crypto API to be
|
||||
available (introduced in Linux kernel 2.6.38).
|
||||
If you are configuring kernel yourself, enable "User-space interface
|
||||
for symmetric key cipher algorithms" in "Cryptographic API" section
|
||||
(CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER .config option).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE:
|
||||
# cryptsetup benchmark
|
||||
# Tests are approximate using memory only (no storage IO).
|
||||
PBKDF2-sha1 111077 iterations per second
|
||||
PBKDF2-sha256 53718 iterations per second
|
||||
PBKDF2-sha512 18832 iterations per second
|
||||
PBKDF2-ripemd160 89775 iterations per second
|
||||
PBKDF2-whirlpool 23918 iterations per second
|
||||
# Algorithm | Key | Encryption | Decryption
|
||||
aes-cbc 128b 212.0 MiB/s 428.0 MiB/s
|
||||
serpent-cbc 128b 23.1 MiB/s 66.0 MiB/s
|
||||
twofish-cbc 128b 46.1 MiB/s 50.5 MiB/s
|
||||
aes-cbc 256b 163.0 MiB/s 350.0 MiB/s
|
||||
serpent-cbc 256b 23.1 MiB/s 66.0 MiB/s
|
||||
twofish-cbc 256b 47.0 MiB/s 50.0 MiB/s
|
||||
aes-xts 256b 190.0 MiB/s 190.0 MiB/s
|
||||
serpent-xts 256b 58.4 MiB/s 58.0 MiB/s
|
||||
twofish-xts 256b 49.0 MiB/s 49.5 MiB/s
|
||||
aes-xts 512b 175.0 MiB/s 175.0 MiB/s
|
||||
serpent-xts 512b 59.0 MiB/s 58.0 MiB/s
|
||||
twofish-xts 512b 48.5 MiB/s 49.5 MiB/s
|
||||
|
||||
Or you can specify cipher yourself:
|
||||
# cryptsetup benchmark --cipher cast5-cbc-essiv:sha256 -s 128
|
||||
# Tests are approximate using memory only (no storage IO).
|
||||
# Algorithm | Key | Encryption | Decryption
|
||||
cast5-cbc 128b 32.4 MiB/s 35.0 MiB/s
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: these tests do not use dmcrypt, only crypto API.
|
||||
You have to benchmark the whole device stack and you can get completely
|
||||
different results. But it is usable for basic comparison.
|
||||
(Note for example AES-NI decryption optimization effect in example above.)
|
||||
|
||||
Features
|
||||
~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not maintain ChangeLog file anymore, see git log for detailed changes,
|
||||
e.g. here http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/source/list
|
||||
|
||||
* Move change key into library, add crypt_keyslot_change_by_passphrase().
|
||||
This change is useful mainly in FIPS mode, where we cannot
|
||||
extract volume key directly from libcryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add verbose messages during reencryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Default LUKS PBKDF2 iteration time is now configurable.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add simple cipher benchmarking API.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add kernel skcipher backend.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add CRC32 implementation (for TCRYPT).
|
||||
|
||||
* Move PBKDF2 into crypto backend wrapper.
|
||||
This allows use it in other formats, use library implementations and
|
||||
also possible use of different KDF function in future.
|
||||
|
||||
* New PBKDF2 benchmark using getrusage().
|
||||
|
||||
Fixes
|
||||
~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Avoid O_DIRECT open if underlying storage doesn't support it.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix some non-translated messages.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix regression in header backup (1.5.1) with container in file.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix blockwise read/write for end writes near end of device.
|
||||
(was not used in previous versions)
|
||||
|
||||
* Ignore setpriority failure.
|
||||
|
||||
* Code changes to fix/ignore problems found by Coverity static analysis, including
|
||||
- Get page size should never fail.
|
||||
- Fix time of check/use (TOCTOU test) in tools
|
||||
- Fix time of check/use in loop/wipe utils.
|
||||
- Fix time of check/use in device utils.
|
||||
|
||||
* Disallow header restore if context is non-LUKS device.
|
32
docs/v1.6.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
32
docs/v1.6.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.0
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix loop-AES keyfile parsing.
|
||||
Loop-AES keyfile should be text keyfile, reject keyfiles which
|
||||
are not properly terminated.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix passphrase pool overflow for too long TCRYPT passphrase.
|
||||
(Maximal TCRYPT passphrase length is 64 characters.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Return EPERM (translated to exit code 2) for too long TCRYPT passphrase.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix deactivation of device when failed underlying node disappeared.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix API deactivate call for TCRYPT format and NULL context parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
* Improve keyslot checker example documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Report error message if deactivation fails and device is still busy.
|
||||
|
||||
* Make passphrase prompts more consistent (and remove "LUKS" form prompt).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix some missing headers (compilation failed with alternative libc).
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove not functional API UUID support for plain & loopaes devices.
|
||||
(not persistent activation UUID).
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly cleanup devices on interrupt in api-test.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support all tests run if kernel is in FIPS mode.
|
25
docs/v1.6.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
25
docs/v1.6.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.1
|
||||
|
||||
* Print error and fail if more device arguments are present for isLuks command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cipher specification string parsing (found by gcc -fsanitize=address option).
|
||||
|
||||
* Try to map TCRYPT system encryption through partition
|
||||
(allows one to activate mapping when other partition on the same device is mounted).
|
||||
|
||||
* Print a warning if system encryption is used and device is a partition.
|
||||
(TCRYPT system encryption uses whole device argument.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Disallow explicit small payload offset for LUKS detached header.
|
||||
LUKS detached header only allows data payload 0 (whole data device is used)
|
||||
or explicit offset larger than header + keyslots size.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix boundary condition for verity device that caused failure for certain device sizes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Various fixes to documentation, including update FAQ, default modes
|
||||
and TCRYPT description.
|
||||
|
||||
* Workaround for some recent changes in automake (serial-tests).
|
50
docs/v1.6.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
50
docs/v1.6.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.3 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.2
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup reencryption tool to work properly
|
||||
with devices using 4kB sectors.
|
||||
|
||||
* Always use page size if running through loop device,
|
||||
this fixes failures for external LUKS header and
|
||||
filesystem requiring 4kB block size.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix TCRYPT system encryption mapping for multiple partitions.
|
||||
Since this commit, one can use partition directly as device parameter.
|
||||
If you need to activate such partition from image in file,
|
||||
please first use map partitioned loop device (losetup -P)
|
||||
on image.
|
||||
(Cryptsetup require partition offsets visible in kernel sysfs
|
||||
in this mode.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Support activation of old TrueCrypt containers using CBC mode
|
||||
and whitening (created in TrueCrypt version < 4.1).
|
||||
This requires Linux kernel 3.13 or later.
|
||||
(Containers with cascade CBC ciphers are not supported.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly display keys in dump --dump-master-key command
|
||||
for TrueCrypt CBC containers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Rewrite cipher benchmark loop which was unreliable
|
||||
on very fast machines.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add warning if LUKS device was activated using non-cryptsetup
|
||||
library which did not set UUID properly (e.g. cryptmount).
|
||||
(Some commands, like luksSuspend, are not available then.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Support length limitation also for plain (no hash) length.
|
||||
This can be used for mapping problematic cryptosystems which
|
||||
wipes some key (losetup sometimes set last 32 byte to zero,
|
||||
which can be now configured as --hash plain:31 parameter).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix hash limit if parameter is not a number.
|
||||
(The whole key was set to zero instead of command failure.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Unify --key-slot behavior in cryptsetup_reencrypt tool.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update dracut example scripts for system reencryption on first boot.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add command line option --tcrypt-backup to access TCRYPT backup header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix static compilation with OpenSSL.
|
57
docs/v1.6.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
57
docs/v1.6.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.4 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.3
|
||||
|
||||
* Implement new erase (with alias luksErase) command.
|
||||
|
||||
The erase cryptsetup command can be used to permanently erase
|
||||
all keyslots and make the LUKS container inaccessible.
|
||||
(The only way to unlock such device is to use LUKS header backup
|
||||
created before erase command was used.)
|
||||
|
||||
You do not need to provide any password for this operation.
|
||||
|
||||
This operation is irreversible.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add internal "whirlpool_gcryptbug hash" for accessing flawed
|
||||
Whirlpool hash in gcrypt (requires gcrypt 1.6.1 or above).
|
||||
|
||||
The gcrypt version of Whirlpool hash algorithm was flawed in some
|
||||
situations.
|
||||
|
||||
This means that if you used Whirlpool in LUKS header and upgraded
|
||||
to new gcrypt library your LUKS container become inaccessible.
|
||||
|
||||
Please refer to cryptsetup FAQ for detail how to fix this situation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow one to use --disable-gcrypt-pbkdf2 during configuration
|
||||
to force use internal PBKDF2 code.
|
||||
|
||||
* Require gcrypt 1.6.1 for imported implementation of PBKDF2
|
||||
(PBKDF2 in gcrypt 1.6.0 is too slow).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --keep-key to cryptsetup-reencrypt.
|
||||
|
||||
This allows change of LUKS header hash (and iteration count) without
|
||||
the need to reencrypt the whole data area.
|
||||
(Reencryption of LUKS header only without master key change.)
|
||||
|
||||
* By default verify new passphrase in luksChangeKey and luksAddKey
|
||||
commands (if input is from terminal).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix memory leak in Nettle crypto backend.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support --tries option even for TCRYPT devices in cryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support --allow-discards option even for TCRYPT devices.
|
||||
(Note that this could destroy hidden volume and it is not suggested
|
||||
by original TrueCrypt security model.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Link against -lrt for clock_gettime to fix undefined reference
|
||||
to clock_gettime error (introduced in 1.6.2).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix misleading error message when some algorithms are not available.
|
||||
|
||||
* Count system time in PBKDF2 benchmark if kernel returns no self usage info.
|
||||
(Workaround to broken getrusage() syscall with some hypervisors.)
|
54
docs/v1.6.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
54
docs/v1.6.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.5 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.4
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow LUKS header operation handling without requiring root privilege.
|
||||
It means that you can manipulate with keyslots as a regular user, only
|
||||
write access to device (or image) is required.
|
||||
|
||||
This requires kernel crypto wrapper (similar to TrueCrypt device handling)
|
||||
to be available (CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER kernel option).
|
||||
If this kernel interface is not available, code fallbacks to old temporary
|
||||
keyslot device creation (where root privilege is required).
|
||||
|
||||
Note that activation, deactivation, resize and suspend operations still
|
||||
need root privilege (limitation of kernel device-mapper backend).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix internal PBKDF2 key derivation function implementation for alternative
|
||||
crypto backends (kernel, NSS) which do not support PBKDF2 directly and have
|
||||
issues with longer HMAC keys.
|
||||
|
||||
This fixes the problem for long keyfiles where either calculation is too slow
|
||||
(because of internal rehashing in every iteration) or there is a limit
|
||||
(kernel backend seems to not support HMAC key longer than 20480 bytes).
|
||||
|
||||
(Note that for recent version of gcrypt, nettle or openssl the internal
|
||||
PBKDF2 code is not compiled in and crypto library internal functions are
|
||||
used instead.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Support for Python3 for simple Python binding.
|
||||
Python >= 2.6 is now required. You can set Python compiled version by setting
|
||||
--with-python_version configure option (together with --enable-python).
|
||||
|
||||
* Use internal PBKDF2 in Nettle library for Nettle crypto backend.
|
||||
Cryptsetup compilation requires Nettle >= 2.6 (if using Nettle crypto backend).
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow simple status of crypt device without providing metadata header.
|
||||
The command "cryptsetup status" will print basic info, even if you
|
||||
do not provide detached header argument.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow one to specify ECB mode in cryptsetup benchmark.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add some LUKS images for regression testing.
|
||||
Note that if image with Whirlpool fails, the most probable cause is that
|
||||
you have old gcrypt library with flawed whirlpool hash.
|
||||
Read FAQ section 8.3 for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup API NOTE:
|
||||
The direct terminal handling for passphrase entry will be removed from
|
||||
libcryptsetup in next major version (application should handle it itself).
|
||||
|
||||
It means that you have to always either provide password in buffer or set
|
||||
your own password callback function trhough crypt_set_password_callback().
|
||||
See API documentation (or libcryptsetup.h) for more info.
|
29
docs/v1.6.6-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
29
docs/v1.6.6-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.6 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.5
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS: Fix keyslot device access for devices which
|
||||
do not support direct IO operations. (Regression in 1.6.5.)
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS: Fallback to old temporary keyslot device mapping method
|
||||
if hash (for ESSIV) is not supported by userspace crypto
|
||||
library. (Regression in 1.6.5.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly activate device with discard (TRIM for SSDs)
|
||||
if requested even if dm_crypt module is not yet loaded.
|
||||
Only if discard is not supported by the old kernel then
|
||||
the discard option is ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix some static analysis build warnings (scan-build).
|
||||
|
||||
* Report crypto lib version only once (and always add kernel
|
||||
version) in debug output.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup API NOTE:
|
||||
The direct terminal handling for passphrase entry will be removed from
|
||||
libcryptsetup in next major version (application should handle it itself).
|
||||
|
||||
It means that you have to always either provide password in buffer or set
|
||||
your own password callback function through crypt_set_password_callback().
|
||||
See API documentation (or libcryptsetup.h) for more info.
|
84
docs/v1.6.7-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
84
docs/v1.6.7-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.7 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.6
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup git and wiki are now hosted on GitLab.
|
||||
https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup
|
||||
|
||||
Repository of stable releases remains on kernel.org site
|
||||
https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/
|
||||
|
||||
For more info please see README file.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup TCRYPT mode now supports VeraCrypt devices (TrueCrypt extension).
|
||||
|
||||
The VeraCrypt extension only increases iteration count for the key
|
||||
derivation function (on-disk format is the same as TrueCrypt format).
|
||||
|
||||
Note that unlocking of a VeraCrypt device can take very long time if used
|
||||
on slow machines.
|
||||
|
||||
To use this extension, add --veracrypt option, for example
|
||||
cryptsetup open --type tcrypt --veracrypt <container> <name>
|
||||
|
||||
For use through libcryptsetup, just add CRYPT_TCRYPT_VERA_MODES flag.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support keyfile-offset and keyfile-size options even for plain volumes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support keyfile option for luksAddKey if the master key is specified.
|
||||
|
||||
* For historic reasons, hashing in the plain mode is not used
|
||||
if keyfile is specified (with exception of --key-file=-).
|
||||
Print a warning if these parameters are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support permanent device decryption for cryptsetup-reencrypt.
|
||||
To remove LUKS encryption from a device, you can now use --decrypt option.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow one to use --header option in all LUKS commands.
|
||||
The --header always takes precedence over positional device argument.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow luksSuspend without need to specify a detached header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Detect if O_DIRECT is usable on a device allocation.
|
||||
There are some strange storage stack configurations which wrongly allows
|
||||
one to open devices with direct-io but fails on all IO operations later.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup now tries to read the device first sector to ensure it can use
|
||||
direct-io.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add low-level performance options tuning for dmcrypt (for Linux 4.0 and later).
|
||||
|
||||
Linux kernel 4.0 contains rewritten dmcrypt code which tries to better utilize
|
||||
encryption on parallel CPU cores.
|
||||
|
||||
While tests show that this change increases performance on most configurations,
|
||||
dmcrypt now provides some switches to change its new behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use them (per-device) with these cryptsetup switches:
|
||||
--perf-same_cpu_crypt
|
||||
--perf-submit_from_crypt_cpus
|
||||
|
||||
Please use these only in the case of serious performance problems.
|
||||
Refer to the cryptsetup man page and dm-crypt documentation
|
||||
(for same_cpu_crypt and submit_from_crypt_cpus options).
|
||||
https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMCrypt
|
||||
|
||||
* Get rid of libfipscheck library.
|
||||
(Note that this option was used only for Red Hat and derived distributions.)
|
||||
With recent FIPS changes we do not need to link to this FIPS monster anymore.
|
||||
Also drop some no longer needed FIPS mode checks.
|
||||
|
||||
* Many fixes and clarifications to man pages.
|
||||
|
||||
* Prevent compiler to optimize-out zeroing of buffers for on-stack variables.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a crash if non-GNU strerror_r is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup API NOTE:
|
||||
The direct terminal handling for passphrase entry will be removed from
|
||||
libcryptsetup in next major version (application should handle it itself).
|
||||
|
||||
It means that you have to always either provide password in buffer or set
|
||||
your own password callback function through crypt_set_password_callback().
|
||||
See API documentation (or libcryptsetup.h) for more info.
|
47
docs/v1.6.8-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
47
docs/v1.6.8-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.6.8 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.7
|
||||
|
||||
* If the null cipher (no encryption) is used, allow only empty password for LUKS.
|
||||
(Previously cryptsetup accepted any password in this case.)
|
||||
|
||||
The null cipher can be used only for testing and it is used temporarily during
|
||||
offline encrypting not yet encrypted device (cryptsetup-reencrypt tool).
|
||||
|
||||
Accepting only empty password prevents situation when someone adds another
|
||||
LUKS device using the same UUID (UUID of existing LUKS device) with faked
|
||||
header containing null cipher.
|
||||
This could force user to use different LUKS device (with no encryption)
|
||||
without noticing.
|
||||
(IOW it prevents situation when attacker intentionally forces
|
||||
user to boot into different system just by LUKS header manipulation.)
|
||||
|
||||
Properly configured systems should have an additional integrity protection
|
||||
in place here (LUKS here provides only confidentiality) but it is better
|
||||
to not allow this situation in the first place.
|
||||
|
||||
(For more info see QubesOS Security Bulletin QSB-019-2015.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly support stdin "-" handling for luksAddKey for both new and old
|
||||
keyfile parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
* If encrypted device is file-backed (it uses underlying loop device),
|
||||
cryptsetup resize will try to resize underlying loop device as well.
|
||||
(It can be used to grow up file-backed device in one step.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now allows one to use empty password through stdin pipe.
|
||||
(Intended only for testing in scripts.)
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup API NOTE:
|
||||
|
||||
Direct terminal handling and password calling callback for passphrase
|
||||
entry will be removed from libcryptsetup in next major (2.x) version
|
||||
(application should handle it itself).
|
||||
It means that application have to always provide password in API calls.
|
||||
|
||||
Functions returning last error will be removed in next major version (2.x).
|
||||
These functions did not work properly for early initialization errors
|
||||
and application can implement better function easily using own error callback.
|
||||
|
||||
See comments in libcryptsetup.h for more info about deprecated functions.
|
81
docs/v1.7.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
81
docs/v1.7.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.7.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
The cryptsetup 1.7 release changes defaults for LUKS,
|
||||
there are no API changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.6.8
|
||||
|
||||
* Default hash function is now SHA256 (used in key derivation function
|
||||
and anti-forensic splitter).
|
||||
|
||||
Note that replacing SHA1 with SHA256 is not for security reasons.
|
||||
(LUKS does not have problems even if collisions are found for SHA1,
|
||||
for details see FAQ item 5.20).
|
||||
|
||||
Using SHA256 as default is mainly to prevent compatibility problems
|
||||
on hardened systems where SHA1 is already be phased out.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that all checks (kernel crypto API availability check) now uses
|
||||
SHA256 as well.
|
||||
|
||||
* Default iteration time for PBKDF2 is now 2 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
Increasing iteration time is in combination with PBKDF2 benchmark
|
||||
fixes a try to keep PBKDF2 iteration count still high enough and
|
||||
also still acceptable for users.
|
||||
|
||||
N.B. Long term is to replace PBKDF2 algorithm with Password Hashing
|
||||
Competition winner - Argon2.
|
||||
|
||||
Distributions can still change these defaults in compilation time.
|
||||
|
||||
You can change iteration time and used hash function in existing LUKS
|
||||
header with cryptsetup-reencrypt utility even without full reencryption
|
||||
of device (see --keep-key option).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix PBKDF2 iteration benchmark for longer key sizes.
|
||||
|
||||
The previous PBKDF2 benchmark code did not take into account
|
||||
output key length properly.
|
||||
|
||||
For SHA1 (with 160-bits output) and 256-bit keys (and longer)
|
||||
it means that the final iteration value was higher than it should be.
|
||||
|
||||
For other hash algorithms (like SHA256 or SHA512) it caused
|
||||
that iteration count was lower (in comparison to SHA1) than
|
||||
expected for the requested time period.
|
||||
|
||||
The PBKDF2 benchmark code is now fixed to use the key size for
|
||||
the formatted device (or default LUKS key size if running in informational
|
||||
benchmark mode).
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks to A.Visconti, S.Bossi, A.Calo and H.Ragab
|
||||
(http://www.club.di.unimi.it/) for point this out.
|
||||
(Based on "What users should know about Full Disk Encryption
|
||||
based on LUKS" paper to be presented on CANS2015).
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove experimental warning for reencrypt tool.
|
||||
The strong request for full backup before using reencryption utility
|
||||
still applies :)
|
||||
|
||||
* Add optional libpasswdqc support for new LUKS passwords.
|
||||
|
||||
If password is entered through terminal (no keyfile specified) and
|
||||
cryptsetup is compiled with --enable-passwdqc[=/etc/passwdqc.conf],
|
||||
configured system passwdqc settings are used to check password quality.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update FAQ document.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup API NOTE:
|
||||
|
||||
Direct terminal handling and password calling callback for passphrase
|
||||
entry will be removed from libcryptsetup in next major (2.x) version
|
||||
(application should handle it itself).
|
||||
It means that application have to always provide password in API calls.
|
||||
|
||||
Functions returning last error will be removed in next major version (2.x).
|
||||
These functions did not work properly for early initialization errors
|
||||
and application can implement better function easily using own error callback.
|
||||
|
||||
See comments in libcryptsetup.h for more info about deprecated functions.
|
36
docs/v1.7.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
36
docs/v1.7.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.7.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.7.0
|
||||
|
||||
* Code now uses kernel crypto API backend according to new
|
||||
changes introduced in mainline kernel
|
||||
|
||||
While mainline kernel should contain backward compatible
|
||||
changes, some stable series kernels do not contain fully
|
||||
backported compatibility patches.
|
||||
Without these patches most of cryptsetup operations
|
||||
(like unlocking device) fail.
|
||||
|
||||
This change in cryptsetup ensures that all operations using
|
||||
kernel crypto API works even on these kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
* The cryptsetup-reencrypt utility now properly detects removal
|
||||
of underlying link to block device and does not remove
|
||||
ongoing re-encryption log.
|
||||
This allows proper recovery (resume) of reencrypt operation later.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Never use /dev/disk/by-uuid/ path for reencryption utility,
|
||||
this link disappears once the device metadata is temporarily
|
||||
removed from device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now allows special "-" (standard input) keyfile handling
|
||||
even for TCRYPT (TrueCrypt and VeraCrypt compatible) devices.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now fails if there are more keyfiles specified
|
||||
for non-TCRYPT device.
|
||||
|
||||
* The luksKillSlot command now does not suppress provided password
|
||||
in batch mode (if password is wrong slot is not destroyed).
|
||||
Note that not providing password in batch mode means that keyslot
|
||||
is destroyed unconditionally.
|
37
docs/v1.7.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
37
docs/v1.7.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.7.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
* Update LUKS documentation format.
|
||||
Clarify fixed sector size and keyslots alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support activation options for error handling modes in Linux kernel
|
||||
dm-verity module:
|
||||
|
||||
--ignore-corruption - dm-verity just logs detected corruption
|
||||
|
||||
--restart-on-corruption - dm-verity restarts the kernel if corruption is detected
|
||||
|
||||
If the options above are not specified, default behavior for dm-verity remains.
|
||||
Default is that I/O operation fails with I/O error if corrupted block is detected.
|
||||
|
||||
--ignore-zero-blocks - Instructs dm-verity to not verify blocks that are expected
|
||||
to contain zeroes and always return zeroes directly instead.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE that these options could have security or functional impacts,
|
||||
do not use them without assessing the risks!
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix help text for cipher benchmark specification (mention --cipher option).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix off-by-one error in maximum keyfile size.
|
||||
Allow keyfiles up to compiled-in default and not that value minus one.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support resume of interrupted decryption in cryptsetup-reencrypt utility.
|
||||
To resume decryption, LUKS device UUID (--uuid option) option must be used.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not use direct-io for LUKS header with unaligned keyslots.
|
||||
Such headers were used only by the first cryptsetup-luks-1.0.0 release (2005).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix device block size detection to properly work on particular file-based
|
||||
containers over underlying devices with 4k sectors.
|
20
docs/v1.7.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
20
docs/v1.7.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.7.3 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.7.2
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix device access to hash offsets located beyond the 2GB device boundary in veritysetup.
|
||||
|
||||
* Set configured (compile-time) default iteration time for devices created directly through
|
||||
libcryptsetup (default was hardcoded 1 second, the configured value applied only
|
||||
for cryptsetup application).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix PBKDF2 benchmark to not double iteration count for specific corner case.
|
||||
If the measurement function returns exactly 500 ms, the iteration calculation loop
|
||||
doubled iteration count but instead of repeating measurement it used this value directly.
|
||||
|
||||
* OpenSSL backend: fix memory leak if hash context was repeatedly reused.
|
||||
|
||||
* OpenSSL backend: add support for OpenSSL 1.1.0.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix several minor spelling errors.
|
22
docs/v1.7.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
22
docs/v1.7.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.7.4 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.7.3
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow one to specify LUKS1 hash algorithm in Python luksFormat wrapper.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use LUKS1 compiled-in defaults also in Python wrapper.
|
||||
|
||||
* OpenSSL backend: Fix OpenSSL 1.1.0 support without backward compatible API.
|
||||
|
||||
* OpenSSL backend: Fix LibreSSL compatibility.
|
||||
|
||||
* Check for data device and hash device area overlap in veritysetup.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a possible race while allocating a free loop device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix possible file descriptor leaks if libcryptsetup is run from a forked process.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix missing same_cpu_crypt flag in status command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Various updates to FAQ and man pages.
|
22
docs/v1.7.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
22
docs/v1.7.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 1.7.5 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 1.7.4
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes to luksFormat to properly support recent kernel running in FIPS mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup must never use a weak key even if it is just used for testing
|
||||
of algorithm availability. In FIPS mode, weak keys are always rejected.
|
||||
|
||||
A weak key is for example detected if the XTS encryption mode use
|
||||
the same key for the tweak and the encryption part.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes accesses to unaligned hidden legacy TrueCrypt header.
|
||||
|
||||
On a native 4k-sector device the old hidden TrueCrypt header is not
|
||||
aligned with the hw sector size (this problem was fixed in later TrueCrypt
|
||||
on-disk format versions).
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup now properly aligns the read so it does not fail.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes to optional dracut ramdisk scripts for offline re-encryption on initial boot.
|
605
docs/v2.0.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
605
docs/v2.0.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.0.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with experimental features.
|
||||
|
||||
This version introduces a new on-disk LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported
|
||||
forever as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This version changes soname of libcryptsetup library and increases
|
||||
major version for all public symbols.
|
||||
Most of the old functions are fully backward compatible, so only
|
||||
recompilation of programs should be needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated disk encryption, non-cryptographic
|
||||
data integrity protection (dm-integrity), use of Argon2 Password-Based
|
||||
Key Derivation Function and the LUKS2 on-disk format itself are new
|
||||
features and can contain some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
To provide all security features of authenticated encryption we need
|
||||
better nonce-reuse resistant algorithm in kernel (see note below).
|
||||
For now, please use authenticated encryption as experimental feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or in
|
||||
production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.0-RC1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Limit KDF requested (for format) memory by available physical memory.
|
||||
On some systems too high requested amount of memory causes OOM killer
|
||||
to kill the process (instead of returning ENOMEM).
|
||||
We never try to use more than half of available physical memory.
|
||||
|
||||
* Ignore device alignment if it is not multiple of minimal-io.
|
||||
Some USB enclosures seems to report bogus topology info that
|
||||
prevents to use LUKS detached header.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.0-RC0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Enable to use system libargon2 instead of bundled version.
|
||||
Renames --disable-argon2 to --disable-internal-argon2 option
|
||||
and adds --enable-libargon2 flag to allow system libargon2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Changes in build system (Automake)
|
||||
- The build system now uses non-recursive automake (except for tests).
|
||||
(Tools binaries are now located in buildroot directory.)
|
||||
- New --disable-cryptsetup option to disable build of cryptsetup tool.
|
||||
- Enable build of cryptsetup-reencrypt by default.
|
||||
|
||||
* Install tmpfiles.d configuration for LUKS2 locking directory.
|
||||
You can overwrite this using --with-tmpfilesdir configure option.
|
||||
If your distro does not support tmpfiles.d directory, you have
|
||||
to create locking directory (/run/lock/cryptsetup) in cryptsetup
|
||||
package (or init scripts).
|
||||
|
||||
* Adds limited support for offline reencryption of LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
* Decrease size of testing images (and the whole release archive).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes for several memory leaks found by Valgrind and Coverity tools.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes for several typos in man pages and error messages.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS header file in luksFormat is now automatically created
|
||||
if it does not exist.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow resize if device size is not aligned to sector size.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.0.0 RC0 Release Notes
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
|
||||
Important features
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* New command integritysetup: support for the new dm-integrity kernel target.
|
||||
|
||||
The dm-integrity is a new kernel device-mapper target that introduces
|
||||
software emulation of per-sector integrity fields on the disk sector level.
|
||||
It is available since Linux kernel version 4.12.
|
||||
|
||||
The provided per-sector metadata fields can be used for storing a data
|
||||
integrity checksum (for example CRC32).
|
||||
The dm-integrity implements data journal that enforces atomic update
|
||||
of a sector and its integrity metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
Integritysetup is a CLI utility that can setup standalone dm-integrity
|
||||
devices (that internally check integrity of data).
|
||||
|
||||
Integritysetup is intended to be used for settings that require
|
||||
non-cryptographic data integrity protection with no data encryption.
|
||||
For setting integrity protected encrypted devices, see disk authenticated
|
||||
encryption below.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that after formatting the checksums need to be initialized;
|
||||
otherwise device reads will fail because of integrity errors.
|
||||
Integritysetup by default tries to wipe the device with zero blocks
|
||||
to avoid this problem. Device wipe can be time-consuming, you can skip
|
||||
this step by specifying --no-wipe option.
|
||||
(But note that not wiping device can cause some operations to fail
|
||||
if a write is not multiple of page size and kernel page cache tries
|
||||
to read sectors with not yet initialized checksums.)
|
||||
|
||||
The default setting is tag size 4 bytes per-sector and CRC32C protection.
|
||||
To format device with these defaults:
|
||||
$ integritysetup format <device>
|
||||
$ integritysetup open <device> <name>
|
||||
|
||||
Note that used algorithm (unlike tag size) is NOT stored in device
|
||||
kernel superblock and if you use different algorithm, you MUST specify
|
||||
it in every open command, for example:
|
||||
$ integritysetup format <device> --tag-size 32 --integrity sha256
|
||||
$ integritysetup open <device> <name> --integrity sha256
|
||||
|
||||
For more info, see integrity man page.
|
||||
|
||||
* Veritysetup command can now format and activate dm-verity devices
|
||||
that contain Forward Error Correction (FEC) (Reed-Solomon code is used).
|
||||
This feature is used on most of Android devices already (available since
|
||||
Linux kernel 4.5).
|
||||
|
||||
There are new options --fec-device, --fec-offset to specify data area
|
||||
with correction code and --fec-roots that set Redd-Solomon generator roots.
|
||||
This setting can be used for format command (veritysetup will calculate
|
||||
and store RS codes) or open command (veritysetup configures kernel
|
||||
dm-verity to use RS codes).
|
||||
|
||||
For more info see veritysetup man page.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support for larger sector sizes for crypt devices.
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 and plain crypt devices can be now configured with larger encryption
|
||||
sector (typically 4096 bytes, sector size must be the power of two,
|
||||
maximal sector size is 4096 bytes for portability).
|
||||
Large sector size can decrease encryption overhead and can also help
|
||||
with some specific crypto hardware accelerators that perform very
|
||||
badly with 512 bytes sectors.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that if you configure such a larger sector of the device that does use
|
||||
smaller physical sector, there is a possibility of a data corruption during
|
||||
power fail (partial sector writes).
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: If you use different sector size for a plain device after data were
|
||||
stored, the decryption will produce garbage.
|
||||
|
||||
For LUKS2, the sector size is stored in metadata and cannot be changed later.
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 format and features
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The LUKS2 is an on-disk storage format designed to provide simple key
|
||||
management, primarily intended for Full Disk Encryption based on dm-crypt.
|
||||
|
||||
The LUKS2 is inspired by LUKS1 format and in some specific situations (most
|
||||
of the default configurations) can be converted in-place from LUKS1.
|
||||
|
||||
The LUKS2 format is designed to allow future updates of various
|
||||
parts without the need to modify binary structures and internally
|
||||
uses JSON text format for metadata. Compilation now requires the json-c library
|
||||
that is used for JSON data processing.
|
||||
|
||||
On-disk format provides redundancy of metadata, detection
|
||||
of metadata corruption and automatic repair from metadata copy.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: For security reasons, there is no redundancy in keyslots binary data
|
||||
(encrypted keys) but the format allows adding such a feature in future.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: to operate correctly, LUKS2 requires locking of metadata.
|
||||
Locking is performed by using flock() system call for images in file
|
||||
and for block device by using a specific lock file in /run/lock/cryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
This directory must be created by distribution (do not rely on internal
|
||||
fallback). For systemd-based distribution, you can simply install
|
||||
scripts/cryptsetup.conf into tmpfiles.d directory.
|
||||
|
||||
For more details see LUKS2-format.txt and LUKS2-locking.txt in the docs
|
||||
directory. (Please note this is just overview, there will be more formal
|
||||
documentation later.)
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 use
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 allows using all possible configurations as LUKS1.
|
||||
|
||||
To format device as LUKS2, you have to add "--type luks2" during format:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksFormat --type luks2 <device>
|
||||
|
||||
All commands issued later will recognize the new format automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
The newly added features in LUKS2 include:
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated disk (sector) encryption (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
||||
|
||||
Legacy Full disk encryption (FDE), for example, LUKS1, is a length-preserving
|
||||
encryption (plaintext is the same size as a ciphertext).
|
||||
Such FDE can provide data confidentiality, but cannot provide sound data
|
||||
integrity protection.
|
||||
|
||||
Full disk authenticated encryption is a way how to provide both
|
||||
confidentiality and data integrity protection. Integrity protection here means
|
||||
not only detection of random data corruption (silent data corruption) but also
|
||||
prevention of an unauthorized intentional change of disk sector content.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Integrity protection of this type cannot prevent a replay attack.
|
||||
An attacker can replace the device or its part of the old content, and it
|
||||
cannot be detected.
|
||||
If you need such protection, better use integrity protection on a higher layer.
|
||||
|
||||
For data integrity protection on the sector level, we need additional
|
||||
per-sector metadata space. In LUKS2 this space is provided by a new
|
||||
device-mapper dm-integrity target (available since kernel 4.12).
|
||||
Here the integrity target provides only reliable per-sector metadata store,
|
||||
and the whole authenticated encryption is performed inside dm-crypt stacked
|
||||
over the dm-integrity device.
|
||||
|
||||
For encryption, Authenticated Encryption with Additional Data (AEAD) is used.
|
||||
Every sector is processed as a encryption request of this format:
|
||||
|
||||
|----- AAD -------|------ DATA -------|-- AUTH TAG --|
|
||||
| (authenticated) | (auth+encryption) | |
|
||||
| sector_LE | IV | sector in/out | tag in/out |
|
||||
|
||||
AEAD encrypts the whole sector and also authenticates sector number
|
||||
(to detect sector relocation) and also authenticates Initialization Vector.
|
||||
|
||||
AEAD encryption produces encrypted data and authentication tag.
|
||||
The authenticated tag is then stored in per-sector metadata space provided
|
||||
by dm-integrity.
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the current AEAD algorithms requires IV as a nonce, value that is
|
||||
never reused. Because sector number, as an IV, cannot be used in this
|
||||
environment, we use a new random IV (IV is a random value generated by system
|
||||
RNG on every write). This random IV is then stored in the per-sector metadata
|
||||
as well.
|
||||
|
||||
Because the authentication tag (and IV) requires additional space, the device
|
||||
provided for a user has less capacity. Also, the data journalling means that
|
||||
writes are performed twice, decreasing throughput.
|
||||
|
||||
This integrity protection works better with SSDs. If you want to ignore
|
||||
dm-integrity data journal (because journalling is performed on some higher
|
||||
layer or you just want to trade-off performance to safe recovery), you can
|
||||
switch journal off with --integrity-no-journal option.
|
||||
(This flag can be stored persistently as well.)
|
||||
|
||||
Note that (similar to integritysetup) the device read will fail if
|
||||
authentication tag is not initialized (no previous write).
|
||||
By default cryptsetup run wipe of a device (writing zeroes) to initialize
|
||||
authentication tags. This operation can be very time-consuming.
|
||||
You can skip device wipe using --integrity-no-wipe option.
|
||||
|
||||
To format LUKS2 device with integrity protection, use new --integrity option.
|
||||
|
||||
For now, there are very few AEAD algorithms that can be used, and some
|
||||
of them are known to be problematic. In this release we support only
|
||||
a few of AEAD algorithms (options are for now hard coded), later this
|
||||
extension will be completely algorithm-agnostic.
|
||||
|
||||
For testing of authenticated encryption, these algorithms work for now:
|
||||
|
||||
1) aes-xts-plain64 with hmac-sha256 or hmac-sha512 as the authentication tag.
|
||||
(Common FDE mode + independent authentication tag. Authentication key
|
||||
for HMAC is independently generated. This mode is very slow.)
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksFormat --type luks2 <device> --cipher aes-xts-plain64 --integrity hmac-sha256
|
||||
|
||||
2) aes-gcm-random (native AEAD mode)
|
||||
DO NOT USE in production! The GCM mode uses only 96-bit nonce,
|
||||
and possible collision means fatal security problem.
|
||||
GCM mode has very good hardware support through AES-NI, so it is useful
|
||||
for performance testing.
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksFormat --type luks2 <device> --cipher aes-gcm-random --integrity aead
|
||||
|
||||
3) ChaCha20 with Poly1305 authenticator (according to RFC7539)
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksFormat --type luks2 <device> --cipher chacha20-random --integrity poly1305
|
||||
|
||||
To specify AES128/AES256 just specify proper key size (without possible
|
||||
authentication key). Other symmetric ciphers, like Serpent or Twofish,
|
||||
should work as well. The mode 1) and 2) should be compatible with IEEE 1619.1
|
||||
standard recommendation.
|
||||
|
||||
There will be better suitable authenticated modes available soon
|
||||
For now we are just preparing framework to enable it (and hopefully improve security of FDE).
|
||||
|
||||
FDE authenticated encryption is not a replacement for filesystem layer
|
||||
authenticated encryption. The goal is to provide at least something because
|
||||
data integrity protection is often completely ignored in today systems.
|
||||
|
||||
* New memory-hard PBKDF
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS1 introduced Password-Based Key Derivation Function v2 as a tool to
|
||||
increase attacker cost for a dictionary and brute force attacks.
|
||||
The PBKDF2 uses iteration count to increase time of key derivation.
|
||||
Unfortunately, with modern GPUs, the PBKDF2 calculations can be run
|
||||
in parallel and PBKDF2 can no longer provide the best available protection.
|
||||
Increasing iteration count just cannot prevent massive parallel dictionary
|
||||
password attacks in long-term.
|
||||
|
||||
To solve this problem, a new PBKDF, based on so-called memory-hard functions
|
||||
can be used. Key derivation with memory-hard function requires a certain
|
||||
amount of memory to compute its output. The memory requirement is very
|
||||
costly for GPUs and prevents these systems to operate effectively,
|
||||
increasing cost for attackers.
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 introduces support for Argon2i and Argon2id as a PBKDF.
|
||||
Argon2 is the winner of Password Hashing Competition and is currently
|
||||
in final RFC draft specification.
|
||||
|
||||
For now, libcryptsetup contains the embedded copy of reference implementation
|
||||
of Argon2 (that is easily portable to all architectures).
|
||||
Later, once this function is available in common crypto libraries, it will
|
||||
switch to external implementation. (This happened for LUKS1 and PBKDF2
|
||||
as well years ago.)
|
||||
With using reference implementation (that is not optimized for speed), there
|
||||
is some performance penalty. However, using memory-hard PBKDF should still
|
||||
significantly complicate GPU-optimized dictionary and brute force attacks.
|
||||
|
||||
The Argon2 uses three costs: memory, time (number of iterations) and parallel
|
||||
(number of threads).
|
||||
Note that time and memory cost highly influences each other (accessing a lot
|
||||
of memory takes more time).
|
||||
|
||||
There is a new benchmark that tries to calculate costs to take similar way as
|
||||
in LUKS1 (where iteration is measured to take 1-2 seconds on user system).
|
||||
Because now there are more cost variables, it prefers time cost (iterations)
|
||||
and tries to find required memory that fits. (IOW required memory cost can be
|
||||
lower if the benchmarks are not able to find required parameters.)
|
||||
The benchmark cannot run too long, so it tries to approximate next step
|
||||
for benchmarking.
|
||||
|
||||
For now, default LUKS2 PBKDF algorithm is Argon2i (data independent variant)
|
||||
with memory cost set to 128MB, time to 800ms and parallel thread according
|
||||
to available CPU cores but no more than 4.
|
||||
|
||||
All default parameters can be set during compile time and also set on
|
||||
the command line by using --pbkdf, --pbkdf-memory, --pbkdf-parallel and
|
||||
--iter-time options.
|
||||
(Or without benchmark directly by using --pbkdf-force-iterations, see below.)
|
||||
|
||||
You can still use PBKDF2 even for LUKS2 by specifying --pbkdf pbkdf2 option.
|
||||
(Then only iteration count is applied.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Use of kernel keyring
|
||||
|
||||
Kernel keyring is a storage for sensitive material (like cryptographic keys)
|
||||
inside Linux kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 uses keyring for two major functions:
|
||||
|
||||
- To store volume key for dm-crypt where it avoids sending volume key in
|
||||
every device-mapper ioctl structure. Volume key is also no longer directly
|
||||
visible in a dm-crypt mapping table. The key is not available for the user
|
||||
after dm-crypt configuration (obviously except direct memory scan).
|
||||
Use of kernel keyring can be disabled in runtime by --disable-keyring option.
|
||||
|
||||
- As a tool to automatically unlock LUKS device if a passphrase is put into
|
||||
kernel keyring and proper keyring token is configured.
|
||||
|
||||
This allows storing a secret (passphrase) to kernel per-user keyring by
|
||||
some external tool (for example some TPM handler) and LUKS2, if configured,
|
||||
will automatically search in the keyring and unlock the system.
|
||||
For more info see Tokens section below.
|
||||
|
||||
* Persistent flags
|
||||
The activation flags (like allow-discards) can be stored in metadata and used
|
||||
automatically by all later activations (even without using crypttab).
|
||||
|
||||
To store activation flags permanently, use activation command with required
|
||||
flags and add --persistent option.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, to mark device to always activate with TRIM enabled,
|
||||
use (for LUKS2 type):
|
||||
|
||||
$ cryptsetup open <device> <name> --allow-discards --persistent
|
||||
|
||||
You can check persistent flags in dump command output:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksDump <device>
|
||||
|
||||
* Tokens and auto-activation
|
||||
|
||||
A LUKS2 token is an object that can be described "how to get passphrase or key"
|
||||
to unlock particular keyslot.
|
||||
(Also it can be used to store any additional metadata, and with
|
||||
the libcryptsetup interface it can be used to define user token types.)
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup internally implements keyring token. Cryptsetup tries to use
|
||||
available tokens before asking for the passphrase. For keyring token,
|
||||
it means that if the passphrase is available under specified identifier
|
||||
inside kernel keyring, the device is automatically activated using this
|
||||
stored passphrase.
|
||||
|
||||
Example of using LUKS2 keyring token:
|
||||
|
||||
# Adding token to metadata with "my_token" identifier (by default it applies to all keyslots).
|
||||
$ cryptsetup token add --key-description "my_token" <device>
|
||||
|
||||
# Storing passphrase to user keyring (this can be done by an external application)
|
||||
$ echo -n <passphrase> | keyctl padd user my_token @u
|
||||
|
||||
# Now cryptsetup activates automatically if it finds correct passphrase
|
||||
$ cryptsetup open <device> <name>
|
||||
|
||||
The main reason to use tokens this way is to separate possible hardware
|
||||
handlers from cryptsetup code.
|
||||
|
||||
* Keyslot priorities
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 keyslot can have a new priority attribute.
|
||||
The default is "normal". The "prefer" priority tell the keyslot to be tried
|
||||
before other keyslots. Priority "ignore" means that keyslot will never be
|
||||
used if not specified explicitly (it can be used for backup administrator
|
||||
passwords that are used only situations when a user forgets own passphrase).
|
||||
|
||||
The priority of keyslot can be set with new config command, for example
|
||||
$ cryptsetup config <device> --key-slot 1 --priority prefer
|
||||
|
||||
Setting priority to normal will reset slot to normal state.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS2 label and subsystem
|
||||
|
||||
The header now contains additional fields for label and subsystem (additional
|
||||
label). These fields can be used similar to filesystem label and will be
|
||||
visible in udev rules to possible filtering. (Note that blkid do not yet
|
||||
contain the LUKS scanning code).
|
||||
|
||||
By default both labels are empty. Label and subsystem are always set together
|
||||
(no option means clear the label) with the config command:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cryptsetup config <device> --label my_device --subsystem ""
|
||||
|
||||
* In-place conversion form LUKS1
|
||||
|
||||
To allow easy testing and transition to the new LUKS2 format, there is a new
|
||||
convert command that allows in-place conversion from the LUKS1 format and,
|
||||
if there are no incompatible options, also conversion back from LUKS2
|
||||
to LUKS1 format.
|
||||
|
||||
Note this command can be used only on some LUKS1 devices (some device header
|
||||
sizes are not supported).
|
||||
This command is dangerous, never run it without header backup!
|
||||
If something fails in the middle of conversion (IO error), the header
|
||||
is destroyed. (Note that conversion requires move of keyslot data area to
|
||||
a different offset.)
|
||||
|
||||
To convert header in-place to LUKS2 format, use
|
||||
$ cryptsetup convert <device> --type luks2
|
||||
|
||||
To convert it back to LUKS1 format, use
|
||||
$ cryptsetup convert <device> --type luks1
|
||||
|
||||
You can verify LUKS version with luksDump command.
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksDump <device>
|
||||
|
||||
Note that some LUKS2 features will make header incompatible with LUKS1 and
|
||||
conversion will be rejected (for example using new Argon2 PBKDF or integrity
|
||||
extensions). Some minor attributes can be lost in conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Explicit KDF iterations count setting
|
||||
|
||||
With new PBKDF interface, there is also the possibility to setup PBKDF costs
|
||||
directly, avoiding benchmarks. This can be useful if device is formatted to be
|
||||
primarily used on a different system.
|
||||
|
||||
The option --pbkdf-force-iterations is available for both LUKS1 and LUKS2
|
||||
format. Using this option can cause device to have either very low or very
|
||||
high PBKDF costs.
|
||||
In the first case it means bad protection to dictionary attacks, in the second
|
||||
case, it can mean extremely high unlocking time or memory requirements.
|
||||
Use only if you are sure what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
Not that this setting also affects iteration count for the key digest.
|
||||
For LUKS1 iteration count for digest will be approximately 1/8 of requested
|
||||
value, for LUKS2 and "pbkdf2" digest minimal PBKDF2 iteration count (1000)
|
||||
will be used. You cannot set lower iteration count than the internal minimum
|
||||
(1000 for PBKDF2).
|
||||
|
||||
To format LUKS1 device with forced iteration count (and no benchmarking), use
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksFormat <device> --pbkdf-force-iterations 22222
|
||||
|
||||
For LUKS2 it is always better to specify full settings (do not rely on default
|
||||
cost values).
|
||||
For example, we can set to use Argon2id with iteration cost 5, memory 128000
|
||||
and parallel set 1:
|
||||
$ cryptsetup luksFormat --type luks2 <device> \
|
||||
--pbkdf argon2id --pbkdf-force-iterations 5 --pbkdf-memory 128000 --pbkdf-parallel 1
|
||||
|
||||
* VeraCrypt PIM
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup can now also open VeraCrypt device that uses Personal Iteration
|
||||
Multiplier (PIM). PIM is an integer value that user must remember additionally
|
||||
to passphrase and influences PBKDF2 iteration count (without it VeraCrypt uses
|
||||
a fixed number of iterations).
|
||||
|
||||
To open VeraCrypt device with PIM settings, use --veracrypt-pim (to specify
|
||||
PIM on the command line) or --veracrypt-query-pim to query PIM interactively.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support for plain64be IV
|
||||
|
||||
The plain64be is big-endian variant of plain64 Initialization Vector. It is
|
||||
used in some images of hardware-based disk encryption systems. Supporting this
|
||||
variant allows using dm-crypt to map such images through cryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
* Deferral removal
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup now can mark device for deferred removal by using a new option
|
||||
--deferred. This means that close command will not fail if the device is still
|
||||
in use, but will instruct the kernel to remove the device automatically after
|
||||
use count drops to zero (for example, once the filesystem is unmounted).
|
||||
|
||||
* A lot of updates to man pages and many minor changes that would make this
|
||||
release notes too long ;-)
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
These API functions were removed, libcryptsetup no longer handles password
|
||||
retries from terminal (application should handle terminal operations itself):
|
||||
crypt_set_password_callback;
|
||||
crypt_set_timeout;
|
||||
crypt_set_password_retry;
|
||||
crypt_set_password_verify;
|
||||
|
||||
This call is removed (no need to keep typo backward compatibility,
|
||||
the proper function is crypt_set_iteration_time :-)
|
||||
crypt_set_iterarion_time;
|
||||
|
||||
These calls were removed because are not safe, use per-context
|
||||
error callbacks instead:
|
||||
crypt_last_error;
|
||||
crypt_get_error;
|
||||
|
||||
The PBKDF benchmark was replaced by a new function that uses new KDF structure
|
||||
crypt_benchmark_kdf; (removed)
|
||||
crypt_benchmark_pbkdf; (new API call)
|
||||
|
||||
These new calls are now exported, for details see libcryptsetup.h:
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_add_by_key;
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_set_priority;
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_get_priority;
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_token_json_get;
|
||||
crypt_token_json_set;
|
||||
crypt_token_status;
|
||||
crypt_token_luks2_keyring_get;
|
||||
crypt_token_luks2_keyring_set;
|
||||
crypt_token_assign_keyslot;
|
||||
crypt_token_unassign_keyslot;
|
||||
crypt_token_register;
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_activate_by_token;
|
||||
crypt_activate_by_keyring;
|
||||
crypt_deactivate_by_name;
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_metadata_locking;
|
||||
crypt_volume_key_keyring;
|
||||
crypt_get_integrity_info;
|
||||
crypt_get_sector_size;
|
||||
crypt_persistent_flags_set;
|
||||
crypt_persistent_flags_get;
|
||||
crypt_set_pbkdf_type;
|
||||
crypt_get_pbkdf_type;
|
||||
|
||||
crypt_convert;
|
||||
crypt_keyfile_read;
|
||||
crypt_wipe;
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* There will be better documentation and examples.
|
||||
|
||||
* There will be some more formal definition of the threat model for integrity
|
||||
protection. (And a link to some papers discussing integrity protection,
|
||||
once it is, hopefully, accepted and published.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Offline re-encrypt tool LUKS2 support is currently limited.
|
||||
There will be online LUKS2 re-encryption tool in future.
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption will use new algorithms from CAESAR competition
|
||||
(https://competitions.cr.yp.to/caesar.html) once these algorithms are available
|
||||
in kernel (more on this later).
|
||||
NOTE: Currently available authenticated modes (GCM, Chacha20-poly1305)
|
||||
in kernel have too small 96-bit nonces that are problematic with
|
||||
randomly generated IVs (the collision probability is not negligible).
|
||||
For the GCM, nonce collision is a fatal problem.
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for dm-integrity journal.
|
||||
|
||||
While it does not influence data confidentiality or integrity protection,
|
||||
an attacker can get some more information from data journal or cause that
|
||||
system will corrupt sectors after journal replay. (That corruption will be
|
||||
detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Some utilities (blkid, systemd-cryptsetup) have already support for LUKS
|
||||
but not yet in released version (support in crypttab etc).
|
||||
|
||||
* There are some examples of user-defined tokens inside misc/luks2_keyslot_example
|
||||
directory (like a simple external program that uses libssh to unlock LUKS2
|
||||
using remote keyfile).
|
||||
|
||||
* The python binding (pycryptsetup) contains only basic functionality for LUKS1
|
||||
(it is not updated for new features) and will be deprecated soon in favor
|
||||
of python bindings to libblockdev library (that can already handle LUKS1 devices).
|
109
docs/v2.0.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
109
docs/v2.0.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.0.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable and bug-fix release with experimental features.
|
||||
|
||||
This version introduces a new on-disk LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported
|
||||
forever as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated disk encryption, non-cryptographic
|
||||
data integrity protection (dm-integrity), use of Argon2 Password-Based
|
||||
Key Derivation Function and the LUKS2 on-disk format itself are new
|
||||
features and can contain some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
To provide all security features of authenticated encryption we need
|
||||
a better nonce-reuse resistant algorithm in the kernel (see note below).
|
||||
For now, please use authenticated encryption as an experimental feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or in
|
||||
production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* To store volume key into kernel keyring, kernel 4.15 with dm-crypt 1.18.1
|
||||
is required. If a volume key is stored in keyring (LUKS2 only),
|
||||
the dm-crypt v1.15.0 through v1.18.0 contains a serious bug that may cause
|
||||
data corruption for ciphers with ESSIV.
|
||||
(The key for ESSIV is zeroed because of code misplacement.)
|
||||
This bug is not present for LUKS1 or any other IVs used in LUKS modes.
|
||||
This change is not visible to the user (except dmsetup output).
|
||||
|
||||
* Increase maximum allowed PBKDF memory-cost limit to 4 GiB.
|
||||
The Argon2 PBKDF uses 1GiB by default; this is also limited by the amount
|
||||
of physical memory available (maximum is half of the physical memory).
|
||||
|
||||
* Use /run/cryptsetup as default for cryptsetup locking dir.
|
||||
There were problems with sharing /run/lock with lockdev, and in the early
|
||||
boot, the directory was missing.
|
||||
The directory can be changed with --with-luks2-lock-path and
|
||||
--with-luks2-lock-dir-perms configure switches.
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduce new 64-bit byte-offset *keyfile_device_offset functions.
|
||||
|
||||
The keyfile interface was designed, well, for keyfiles. Unfortunately,
|
||||
there are user cases where a keyfile can be placed on a device, and
|
||||
size_t offset can overflow on 32-bit systems.
|
||||
|
||||
New set of functions that allow 64-bit offsets even on 32bit systems
|
||||
are now available:
|
||||
|
||||
- crypt_resume_by_keyfile_device_offset
|
||||
- crypt_keyslot_add_by_keyfile_device_offset
|
||||
- crypt_activate_by_keyfile_device_offset
|
||||
- crypt_keyfile_device_read
|
||||
|
||||
The new functions have added the _device_ in name.
|
||||
Old functions are just internal wrappers around these.
|
||||
|
||||
Also cryptsetup --keyfile-offset and --new-keyfile-offset now allows
|
||||
64-bit offsets as parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add error hint for wrongly formatted cipher strings in LUKS1 and
|
||||
properly fail in luksFormat if cipher format is missing required IV.
|
||||
For now, crypto API quietly used cipher without IV if a cipher
|
||||
algorithm without IV specification was used (e.g., aes-xts).
|
||||
This caused fail later during activation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Configure check for a recent Argon2 lib to support mandatory Argon2id.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix for the cryptsetup-reencrypt static build if pwquality is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update LUKS1 standard doc (https links in the bibliography).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* There will be better documentation and examples.
|
||||
|
||||
* There will be some more formal definition of the threat model for integrity
|
||||
protection. (And a link to some papers discussing integrity protection,
|
||||
once it is, hopefully, accepted and published.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Offline re-encrypt tool LUKS2 support is currently limited.
|
||||
There will be online LUKS2 re-encryption tool in future.
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption will use new algorithms from CAESAR competition
|
||||
(https://competitions.cr.yp.to/caesar.html) once these algorithms are
|
||||
available in the kernel (more on this later).
|
||||
NOTE: Currently available authenticated modes (GCM, Chacha20-poly1305)
|
||||
in the kernel have too small 96-bit nonces that are problematic with
|
||||
randomly generated IVs (the collision probability is not negligible).
|
||||
For the GCM, nonce collision is a fatal problem.
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for a dm-integrity journal.
|
||||
|
||||
While it does not influence data confidentiality or integrity protection,
|
||||
an attacker can get some more information from data journal or cause that
|
||||
system will corrupt sectors after journal replay. (That corruption will be
|
||||
detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* There are examples of user-defined tokens inside misc/luks2_keyslot_example
|
||||
directory (like a simple external program that uses libssh to unlock LUKS2
|
||||
using remote keyfile).
|
||||
|
||||
* The python binding (pycryptsetup) contains only basic functionality for LUKS1
|
||||
(it is not updated for new features) and will be deprecated soon in favor
|
||||
of python bindings to the libblockdev library (that can already handle LUKS1
|
||||
devices).
|
93
docs/v2.0.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
93
docs/v2.0.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.0.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable and bug-fix release with experimental features.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.x version introduces a new on-disk LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported
|
||||
forever as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated disk encryption, non-cryptographic
|
||||
data integrity protection (dm-integrity), use of Argon2 Password-Based
|
||||
Key Derivation Function and the LUKS2 on-disk format itself are new
|
||||
features and can contain some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
To provide all security features of authenticated encryption, we need
|
||||
a better nonce-reuse resistant algorithm in the kernel (see note below).
|
||||
For now, please use authenticated encryption as an experimental feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or in
|
||||
production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a regression in early detection of inactive keyslot for luksKillSlot.
|
||||
It tried to ask for passphrase even for already erased keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a regression in loopaesOpen processing for keyfile on standard input.
|
||||
Use of "-" argument was not working properly.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add LUKS2 specific options for cryptsetup-reencrypt.
|
||||
Tokens and persistent flags are now transferred during reencryption;
|
||||
change of PBKDF keyslot parameters is now supported and allows one
|
||||
to set precalculated values (no benchmarks).
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow LUKS2 --persistent and --test-passphrase cryptsetup flags
|
||||
combination. Persistent flags are now stored only if the device was
|
||||
successfully activated with the specified flags.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix integritysetup format after recent Linux kernel changes that
|
||||
requires to setup key for HMAC in all cases.
|
||||
Previously integritysetup allowed HMAC with zero key that behaves
|
||||
like a plain hash.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix VeraCrypt PIM handling that modified internal iteration counts
|
||||
even for subsequent activations. The PIM count is no longer printed
|
||||
in debug log as it is sensitive information.
|
||||
Also, the code now skips legacy TrueCrypt algorithms if a PIM
|
||||
is specified (they cannot be used with PIM anyway).
|
||||
|
||||
* PBKDF values cannot be set (even with force parameters) below
|
||||
hardcoded minimums. For PBKDF2 is it 1000 iterations, for Argon2
|
||||
it is 4 iterations and 32 KiB of memory cost.
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduce new crypt_token_is_assigned() API function for reporting
|
||||
the binding between token and keyslots.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow crypt_token_json_set() API function to create internal token types.
|
||||
Do not allow unknown fields in internal token objects.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print message in cryptsetup that about was aborted if a user did not
|
||||
answer YES in a query.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* There will be better documentation and examples.
|
||||
|
||||
* There will be some more formal definition of the threat model for integrity
|
||||
protection. (And a link to some papers discussing integrity protection,
|
||||
once it is, hopefully, accepted and published.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption will use new algorithms from CAESAR competition
|
||||
https://competitions.cr.yp.to/caesar-submissions.html.
|
||||
We plan to use AEGIS and MORUS, as CAESAR finalists.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Currently available authenticated modes (GCM, Chacha20-poly1305)
|
||||
in the kernel have too small 96-bit nonces that are problematic with
|
||||
randomly generated IVs (the collision probability is not negligible).
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for a dm-integrity journal.
|
||||
|
||||
While it does not influence data confidentiality or integrity protection,
|
||||
an attacker can get some more information from data journal or cause that
|
||||
system will corrupt sectors after journal replay. (That corruption will be
|
||||
detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* There are examples of user-defined tokens inside misc/luks2_keyslot_example
|
||||
directory (like a simple external program that uses libssh to unlock LUKS2
|
||||
using remote keyfile).
|
||||
|
||||
* The python binding (pycryptsetup) contains only basic functionality for LUKS1
|
||||
(it is not updated for new features) and will be deprecated in version 2.1
|
||||
in favor of python bindings to the libblockdev library.
|
121
docs/v2.0.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
121
docs/v2.0.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.0.3 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with new features.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.x version introduces a new on-disk LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported
|
||||
forever as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated disk encryption, non-cryptographic
|
||||
data integrity protection (dm-integrity), use of Argon2 Password-Based
|
||||
Key Derivation Function and the LUKS2 on-disk format itself are new
|
||||
features and can contain some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
To provide all security features of authenticated encryption, we need
|
||||
a better nonce-reuse resistant algorithm in the kernel (see note below).
|
||||
For now, please use authenticated encryption as an experimental feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or in
|
||||
production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.2
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Expose interface to unbound LUKS2 keyslots.
|
||||
Unbound LUKS2 keyslot allows storing a key material that is independent
|
||||
of master volume key (it is not bound to encrypted data segment).
|
||||
|
||||
* New API extensions for unbound keyslots (LUKS2 only)
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_get_key_size() and crypt_volume_key_get()
|
||||
These functions allow one to get key and key size for unbound keyslots.
|
||||
|
||||
* New enum value CRYPT_SLOT_UNBOUND for keyslot status (LUKS2 only).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --unbound keyslot option to the cryptsetup luksAddKey command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add crypt_get_active_integrity_failures() call to get integrity
|
||||
failure count for dm-integrity devices.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add crypt_get_pbkdf_default() function to get per-type PBKDF default
|
||||
setting.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add new flag to crypt_keyslot_add_by_key() to force update device
|
||||
volume key. This call is mainly intended for a wrapped key change.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow volume key store in a file with cryptsetup.
|
||||
The --dump-master-key together with --master-key-file allows cryptsetup
|
||||
to store the binary volume key to a file instead of standard output.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support detached header for cryptsetup-reencrypt command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix VeraCrypt PIM handling - use proper iterations count formula
|
||||
for PBKDF2-SHA512 and PBKDF2-Whirlpool used in system volumes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup tcryptDump for VeraCrypt PIM (support --veracrypt-pim).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --with-default-luks-format configure time option.
|
||||
(Option to override default LUKS format version.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix LUKS version conversion for detached (and trimmed) LUKS headers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add luksConvertKey cryptsetup command that converts specific keyslot
|
||||
from one PBKDF to another.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow conversion to LUKS2 if LUKSMETA (external tool metadata)
|
||||
header is detected.
|
||||
|
||||
* More cleanup and hardening of LUKS2 keyslot specific validation options.
|
||||
Add more checks for cipher validity before writing metadata on-disk.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow LUKS1 version downconversion if the header contains tokens.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add "paes" family ciphers (AES wrapped key scheme for mainframes)
|
||||
to allowed ciphers.
|
||||
Specific wrapped ley configuration logic must be done by 3rd party tool,
|
||||
LUKS2 stores only keyslot material and allow activation of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for --check-at-most-once option (kernel 4.17) to veritysetup.
|
||||
This flag can be dangerous; if you can control underlying device
|
||||
(you can change its content after it was verified) it will no longer
|
||||
prevent reading tampered data and also it does not prevent silent
|
||||
data corruptions that appear after the block was once read.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix return code (EPERM instead of EINVAL) and retry count for bad
|
||||
passphrase on non-tty input.
|
||||
|
||||
* Enable support for FEC decoding in veritysetup to check dm-verity devices
|
||||
with additional Reed-Solomon code in userspace (verify command).
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* There will be better documentation and examples (planned for 2.0.4).
|
||||
|
||||
* There will be some more formal definition of the threat model for integrity
|
||||
protection. (And a link to some papers discussing integrity protection,
|
||||
once it is, hopefully, accepted and published.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption will use new algorithms from CAESAR competition
|
||||
https://competitions.cr.yp.to/caesar-submissions.html.
|
||||
We plan to use AEGIS and MORUS, as CAESAR finalists.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Currently available authenticated modes (GCM, Chacha20-poly1305)
|
||||
in the kernel have too small 96-bit nonces that are problematic with
|
||||
randomly generated IVs (the collision probability is not negligible).
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for a dm-integrity journal.
|
||||
|
||||
While it does not influence data confidentiality or integrity protection,
|
||||
an attacker can get some more information from data journal or cause that
|
||||
system will corrupt sectors after journal replay. (That corruption will be
|
||||
detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* There are examples of user-defined tokens inside misc/luks2_keyslot_example
|
||||
directory (like a simple external program that uses libssh to unlock LUKS2
|
||||
using remote keyfile).
|
||||
|
||||
* The python binding (pycryptsetup) contains only basic functionality for LUKS1
|
||||
(it is not updated for new features) and will be REMOVED in version 2.1
|
||||
in favor of python bindings to the libblockdev library.
|
||||
See https://github.com/storaged-project/libblockdev/releases/tag/2.17-1 that
|
||||
already supports LUKS2 and VeraCrypt devices handling through libcryptsetup.
|
119
docs/v2.0.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
119
docs/v2.0.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.0.4 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with new features.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.x version introduces a new on-disk LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported
|
||||
forever as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated disk encryption, non-cryptographic
|
||||
data integrity protection (dm-integrity), use of Argon2 Password-Based
|
||||
Key Derivation Function and the LUKS2 on-disk format itself are new
|
||||
features and can contain some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
To provide all security features of authenticated encryption, we need
|
||||
a better nonce-reuse resistant algorithm in the kernel (see note below).
|
||||
For now, please use authenticated encryption as an experimental feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or in
|
||||
production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.3
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Use the libblkid (blockid) library to detect foreign signatures
|
||||
on a device before LUKS format and LUKS2 auto-recovery.
|
||||
|
||||
This change fixes an unexpected recovery using the secondary
|
||||
LUKS2 header after a device was already overwritten with
|
||||
another format (filesystem or LVM physical volume).
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 will not recreate a primary header if it detects a valid
|
||||
foreign signature. In this situation, a user must always
|
||||
use cryptsetup repair command for the recovery.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that libcryptsetup and utilities are now linked to libblkid
|
||||
as a new dependence.
|
||||
|
||||
To compile code without blockid support (strongly discouraged),
|
||||
use --disable-blkid configure switch.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add prompt for format and repair actions in cryptsetup and
|
||||
integritysetup if foreign signatures are detected on the device
|
||||
through the blockid library.
|
||||
|
||||
After the confirmation, all known signatures are then wiped as
|
||||
part of the format or repair procedure.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print consistent verbose message about keyslot and token numbers.
|
||||
For keyslot actions: Key slot <number> unlocked/created/removed.
|
||||
For token actions: Token <number> created/removed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print error, if a non-existent token is tried to be removed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for LUKS2 token definition export and import.
|
||||
|
||||
The token command now can export/import customized token JSON file
|
||||
directly from command line. See the man page for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for new dm-integrity superblock version 2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add an error message when nothing was read from a key file.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update cryptsetup man pages, including --type option usage.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add a snapshot of LUKS2 format specification to documentation
|
||||
and accordingly fix supported secondary header offsets.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add bundled optimized Argon2 SSE (X86_64 platform) code.
|
||||
|
||||
If the bundled Argon2 code is used and the new configure switch
|
||||
--enable-internal-sse-argon2 option is present, and compiler flags
|
||||
support required optimization, the code will try to use optimized
|
||||
and faster variant.
|
||||
|
||||
Always use the shared library (--enable-libargon2) if possible.
|
||||
|
||||
This option was added because an enterprise distribution
|
||||
rejected to support the shared Argon2 library and native support
|
||||
in generic cryptographic libraries is not ready yet.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix compilation with crypto backend for LibreSSL >= 2.7.0.
|
||||
LibreSSL introduced OpenSSL 1.1.x API functions, so compatibility
|
||||
wrapper must be commented out.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix on-disk header size calculation for LUKS2 format if a specific
|
||||
data alignment is requested. Until now, the code used default size
|
||||
that could be wrong for converted devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption will use new algorithms from CAESAR competition
|
||||
https://competitions.cr.yp.to/caesar-submissions.html.
|
||||
We plan to use AEGIS and MORUS (in kernel 4.18), as CAESAR finalists.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Currently available authenticated modes (GCM, Chacha20-poly1305)
|
||||
in the kernel have too small 96-bit nonces that are problematic with
|
||||
randomly generated IVs (the collision probability is not negligible).
|
||||
|
||||
For more info about LUKS2 authenticated encryption, please see our paper
|
||||
https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.00309
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for a dm-integrity journal.
|
||||
|
||||
While it does not influence data confidentiality or integrity protection,
|
||||
an attacker can get some more information from data journal or cause that
|
||||
system will corrupt sectors after journal replay. (That corruption will be
|
||||
detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* There are examples of user-defined tokens inside misc/luks2_keyslot_example
|
||||
directory (like a simple external program that uses libssh to unlock LUKS2
|
||||
using remote keyfile).
|
||||
|
||||
* The python binding (pycryptsetup) contains only basic functionality for LUKS1
|
||||
(it is not updated for new features) and will be REMOVED in version 2.1
|
||||
in favor of python bindings to the libblockdev library.
|
||||
See https://github.com/storaged-project/libblockdev/releases that
|
||||
already supports LUKS2 and VeraCrypt devices handling through libcryptsetup.
|
||||
|
102
docs/v2.0.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
102
docs/v2.0.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.0.5 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with new features.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.x version introduces a new on-disk LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported
|
||||
forever as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated disk encryption, non-cryptographic
|
||||
data integrity protection (dm-integrity), use of Argon2 Password-Based
|
||||
Key Derivation Function and the LUKS2 on-disk format itself are new
|
||||
features and can contain some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or in
|
||||
production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.4
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Wipe full header areas (including unused) during LUKS format.
|
||||
|
||||
Since this version, the whole area up to the data offset is zeroed,
|
||||
and subsequently, all keyslots areas are wiped with random data.
|
||||
This ensures that no remaining old data remains in the LUKS header
|
||||
areas, but it could slow down format operation on some devices.
|
||||
Previously only first 4k (or 32k for LUKS2) and the used keyslot
|
||||
was overwritten in the format operation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Several fixes to error messages that were unintentionally replaced
|
||||
in previous versions with a silent exit code.
|
||||
More descriptive error messages were added, including error
|
||||
messages if
|
||||
- a device is unusable (not a block device, no access, etc.),
|
||||
- a LUKS device is not detected,
|
||||
- LUKS header load code detects unsupported version,
|
||||
- a keyslot decryption fails (also happens in the cipher check),
|
||||
- converting an inactive keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
* Device activation fails if data area overlaps with LUKS header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Code now uses explicit_bzero to wipe memory if available
|
||||
(instead of own implementation).
|
||||
|
||||
* Additional VeraCrypt modes are now supported, including Camellia
|
||||
and Kuznyechik symmetric ciphers (and cipher chains) and Streebog
|
||||
hash function. These were introduced in a recent VeraCrypt upstream.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Kuznyechik requires out-of-tree kernel module and
|
||||
Streebog hash function is available only with the gcrypt cryptographic
|
||||
backend for now.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes static build for integritysetup if the pwquality library is used.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allows passphrase change for unbound keyslots.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes removed keyslot number in verbose message for luksKillSlot,
|
||||
luksRemoveKey and erase command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Adds blkid scan when attempting to open a plain device and warn the user
|
||||
about existing device signatures in a ciphertext device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove LUKS header signature if luksFormat fails to add the first keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove O_SYNC from device open and use fsync() to speed up
|
||||
wipe operation considerably.
|
||||
|
||||
* Create --master-key-file in luksDump and fail if the file already exists.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes a bug when LUKS2 authenticated encryption with a detached header
|
||||
wiped the header device instead of dm-integrity data device area (causing
|
||||
unnecessary LUKS2 header auto recovery).
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption should use new algorithms from CAESAR competition
|
||||
https://competitions.cr.yp.to/caesar-submissions.html.
|
||||
AEGIS and MORUS are already available in kernel 4.18.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info about LUKS2 authenticated encryption, please see our paper
|
||||
https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.00309
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated encryption is still an experimental feature
|
||||
and can have performance problems for hish-speed devices and device
|
||||
with larger IO blocks (like RAID).
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for a dm-integrity journal.
|
||||
|
||||
While it does not influence data confidentiality or integrity protection,
|
||||
an attacker can get some more information from data journal or cause that
|
||||
system will corrupt sectors after journal replay. (That corruption will be
|
||||
detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* There are examples of user-defined tokens inside misc/luks2_keyslot_example
|
||||
directory (like a simple external program that uses libssh to unlock LUKS2
|
||||
using remote keyfile).
|
||||
|
||||
* The python binding (pycryptsetup) contains only basic functionality for LUKS1
|
||||
(it is not updated for new features) and will be REMOVED in version 2.1
|
||||
in favor of python bindings to the libblockdev library.
|
||||
See https://github.com/storaged-project/libblockdev/releases that
|
||||
already supports LUKS2 and VeraCrypt devices handling through libcryptsetup.
|
97
docs/v2.0.6-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
97
docs/v2.0.6-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.0.6 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.0.x should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.x version introduces a new on-disk LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported
|
||||
forever as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated disk encryption, non-cryptographic
|
||||
data integrity protection (dm-integrity), use of Argon2 Password-Based
|
||||
Key Derivation Function and the LUKS2 on-disk format itself are new
|
||||
features and can contain some bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or in
|
||||
production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.5
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix support of larger metadata areas in LUKS2 header.
|
||||
|
||||
This release properly supports all specified metadata areas, as documented
|
||||
in LUKS2 format description (see docs/on-disk-format-luks2.pdf in archive).
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, only default metadata area size is used (in format or convert).
|
||||
Later cryptsetup versions will allow increasing this metadata area size.
|
||||
|
||||
* If AEAD (authenticated encryption) is used, cryptsetup now tries to check
|
||||
if the requested AEAD algorithm with specified key size is available
|
||||
in kernel crypto API.
|
||||
This change avoids formatting a device that cannot be later activated.
|
||||
|
||||
For this function, the kernel must be compiled with the
|
||||
CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_AEAD option enabled.
|
||||
Note that kernel user crypto API options (CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API and
|
||||
CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER) are already mandatory for LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix setting of integrity no-journal flag.
|
||||
Now you can store this flag to metadata using --persistent option.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup-reencrypt to not keep temporary reencryption headers
|
||||
if interrupted during initial password prompt.
|
||||
|
||||
* Adds early check to plain and LUKS2 formats to disallow device format
|
||||
if device size is not aligned to requested sector size.
|
||||
Previously it was possible, and the device was rejected to activate by
|
||||
kernel later.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix checking of hash algorithms availability for PBKDF early.
|
||||
Previously LUKS2 format allowed non-existent hash algorithm with
|
||||
invalid keyslot preventing the device from activation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow Adiantum cipher construction (a non-authenticated length-preserving
|
||||
fast encryption scheme), so it can be used both for data encryption and
|
||||
keyslot encryption in LUKS1/2 devices.
|
||||
|
||||
For benchmark, use:
|
||||
# cryptsetup benchmark -c xchacha12,aes-adiantum
|
||||
# cryptsetup benchmark -c xchacha20,aes-adiantum
|
||||
|
||||
For LUKS format:
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksFormat -c xchacha20,aes-adiantum-plain64 -s 256 <device>
|
||||
|
||||
The support for Adiantum will be merged in Linux kernel 4.21.
|
||||
For more info see the paper https://eprint.iacr.org/2018/720.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption should use new algorithms from CAESAR competition
|
||||
https://competitions.cr.yp.to/caesar-submissions.html.
|
||||
AEGIS and MORUS are already available in kernel 4.18.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info about LUKS2 authenticated encryption, please see our paper
|
||||
https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.00309
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that authenticated encryption is still an experimental feature
|
||||
and can have performance problems for high-speed devices and device
|
||||
with larger IO blocks (like RAID).
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for a dm-integrity journal.
|
||||
|
||||
While it does not influence data confidentiality or integrity protection,
|
||||
an attacker can get some more information from data journal or cause that
|
||||
system will corrupt sectors after journal replay. (That corruption will be
|
||||
detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* There are examples of user-defined tokens inside misc/luks2_keyslot_example
|
||||
directory (like a simple external program that uses libssh to unlock LUKS2
|
||||
using remote keyfile).
|
||||
|
||||
* The python binding (pycryptsetup) contains only basic functionality for LUKS1
|
||||
(it is not updated for new features) and will be REMOVED in version 2.1
|
||||
in favor of python bindings to the libblockdev library.
|
||||
See https://github.com/storaged-project/libblockdev/releases that
|
||||
already supports LUKS2 and VeraCrypt devices handling through libcryptsetup.
|
210
docs/v2.1.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
210
docs/v2.1.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.1.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.1 version uses a new on-disk LUKS2 format as the default
|
||||
LUKS format and increases default LUKS2 header size.
|
||||
|
||||
The legacy LUKS (referenced as LUKS1) will be fully supported forever
|
||||
as well as a traditional and fully backward compatible format.
|
||||
|
||||
When upgrading a stable distribution, please use configure option
|
||||
--with-default-luks-format=LUKS1 to maintain backward compatibility.
|
||||
|
||||
This release also switches to OpenSSL as a default cryptographic
|
||||
backend for LUKS header processing. Use --with-crypto_backend=gcrypt
|
||||
configure option if you need to preserve legacy libgcrypt backend.
|
||||
|
||||
Please do not use LUKS2 without properly configured backup or
|
||||
in production systems that need to be compatible with older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.0.6
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* The default for cryptsetup LUKS format action is now LUKS2.
|
||||
You can use LUKS1 with cryptsetup option --type luks1.
|
||||
|
||||
* The default size of the LUKS2 header is increased to 16 MB.
|
||||
It includes metadata and the area used for binary keyslots;
|
||||
it means that LUKS header backup is now 16MB in size.
|
||||
|
||||
Note, that used keyslot area is much smaller, but this increase
|
||||
of reserved space allows implementation of later extensions
|
||||
(like online reencryption).
|
||||
It is fully compatible with older cryptsetup 2.0.x versions.
|
||||
If you require to create LUKS2 header with the same size as
|
||||
in the 2.0.x version, use --offset 8192 option for luksFormat
|
||||
(units are in 512-bytes sectors; see notes below).
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now doubles LUKS default key size if XTS mode is used
|
||||
(XTS mode uses two internal keys). This does not apply if key size
|
||||
is explicitly specified on the command line and it does not apply
|
||||
for the plain mode.
|
||||
This fixes a confusion with AES and 256bit key in XTS mode where
|
||||
code used AES128 and not AES256 as often expected.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, the default keyslot encryption algorithm (if cannot be derived
|
||||
from data encryption algorithm) is now available as configure
|
||||
options --with-luks2-keyslot-cipher and --with-luks2-keyslot-keybits.
|
||||
The default is aes-xts-plain64 with 2 * 256-bits key.
|
||||
|
||||
* Default cryptographic backend used for LUKS header processing is now
|
||||
OpenSSL. For years, OpenSSL provided better performance for PBKDF.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Cryptsetup/libcryptsetup supports several cryptographic
|
||||
library backends. The fully supported are libgcrypt, OpenSSL and
|
||||
kernel crypto API. FIPS mode extensions are maintained only for
|
||||
libgcrypt and OpenSSL. Nettle and NSS are usable only for some
|
||||
subset of algorithms and cannot provide full backward compatibility.
|
||||
You can always switch to other backends by using a configure switch,
|
||||
for libgcrypt (compatibility for older distributions) use:
|
||||
--with-crypto_backend=gcrypt
|
||||
|
||||
* The Python bindings are no longer supported and the code was removed
|
||||
from cryptsetup distribution. Please use the libblockdev project
|
||||
that already covers most of the libcryptsetup functionality
|
||||
including LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now allows using --offset option also for luksFormat.
|
||||
It means that the specified offset value is used for data offset.
|
||||
LUKS2 header areas are automatically adjusted according to this value.
|
||||
(Note units are in 512-byte sectors due to the previous definition
|
||||
of this option in plain mode.)
|
||||
This option can replace --align-payload with absolute alignment value.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now supports new refresh action (that is the alias for
|
||||
"open --refresh").
|
||||
It allows changes of parameters for an active device (like root
|
||||
device mapping), for example, it can enable or disable TRIM support
|
||||
on-the-fly.
|
||||
It is supported for LUKS1, LUKS2, plain and loop-AES devices.
|
||||
|
||||
* Integritysetup now supports mode with detached data device through
|
||||
new --data-device option.
|
||||
Since kernel 4.18 there is a possibility to specify external data
|
||||
device for dm-integrity that stores all integrity tags.
|
||||
|
||||
* Integritysetup now supports automatic integrity recalculation
|
||||
through new --integrity-recalculate option.
|
||||
Linux kernel since version 4.18 supports automatic background
|
||||
recalculation of integrity tags for dm-integrity.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes and fixes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix for crypt_wipe call to allocate space if the header is backed
|
||||
by a file. This means that if you use detached header file, it will
|
||||
now have always the full size after luksFormat, even if only
|
||||
a few keyslots are used.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes to offline cryptsetup-reencrypt to preserve LUKS2 keyslots
|
||||
area sizes after reencryption and fixes for some other issues when
|
||||
creating temporary reencryption headers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added some FIPS mode workarounds. We cannot (yet) use Argon2 in
|
||||
FIPS mode, libcryptsetup now fallbacks to use PBKDF2 in FIPS mode.
|
||||
|
||||
* Rejects conversion to LUKS1 if PBKDF2 hash algorithms
|
||||
in keyslots differ.
|
||||
|
||||
* The hash setting on command line now applies also to LUKS2 PBKDF2
|
||||
digest. In previous versions, the LUKS2 key digest used PBKDF2-SHA256
|
||||
(except for converted headers).
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow LUKS2 keyslots area to increase if data offset allows it.
|
||||
Cryptsetup can fine-tune LUKS2 metadata area sizes through
|
||||
--luks2-metadata-size=BYTES and --luks2-keyslots-size=BYTES.
|
||||
Please DO NOT use these low-level options until you need it for
|
||||
some very specific additional feature.
|
||||
Also, the code now prints these LUKS2 header area sizes in dump
|
||||
command.
|
||||
|
||||
* For LUKS2, keyslot can use different encryption that data with
|
||||
new options --keyslot-key-size=BITS and --keyslot-cipher=STRING
|
||||
in all commands that create new LUKS keyslot.
|
||||
Please DO NOT use these low-level options until you need it for
|
||||
some very specific additional feature.
|
||||
|
||||
* Code now avoids data flush when reading device status through
|
||||
device-mapper.
|
||||
|
||||
* The Nettle crypto backend and the userspace kernel crypto API
|
||||
backend were enhanced to allow more available hash functions
|
||||
(like SHA3 variants).
|
||||
|
||||
* Upstream code now does not require libgcrypt-devel
|
||||
for autoconfigure, because OpenSSL is the default.
|
||||
The libgcrypt does not use standard pkgconfig detection and
|
||||
requires specific macro (part of libgcrypt development files)
|
||||
to be always present during autoconfigure.
|
||||
With other crypto backends, like OpenSSL, this makes no sense,
|
||||
so this part of autoconfigure is now optional.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cryptsetup now understands new --debug-json option that allows
|
||||
an additional dump of some JSON information. These are no longer
|
||||
present in standard debug output because it could contain some
|
||||
specific LUKS header parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
* The luksDump contains the hash algorithm used in Anti-Forensic
|
||||
function.
|
||||
|
||||
* All debug messages are now sent through configured log callback
|
||||
functions, so an application can easily use own debug messages
|
||||
handling. In previous versions debug messages were printed directly
|
||||
to standard output.)
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API additions
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
These new calls are now exported, for details see libcryptsetup.h:
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_init_data_device
|
||||
* crypt_get_metadata_device_name
|
||||
functions to init devices with separate metadata and data device
|
||||
before a format function is called.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_set_data_offset
|
||||
sets the data offset for LUKS to the specified value
|
||||
in 512-byte sectors.
|
||||
It should replace alignment calculation in LUKS param structures.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_get_metadata_size
|
||||
* crypt_set_metadata_size
|
||||
allows one to set/get area sizes in LUKS header
|
||||
(according to specification).
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_get_default_type
|
||||
get default compiled-in LUKS type (version).
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_get_pbkdf_type_params
|
||||
allows one to get compiled-in PBKDF parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_keyslot_set_encryption
|
||||
* crypt_keyslot_get_encryption
|
||||
allows one to set/get per-keyslot encryption algorithm for LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_keyslot_get_pbkdf
|
||||
allows one to get PBKDF parameters per-keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
and these new defines:
|
||||
* CRYPT_LOG_DEBUG_JSON (message type for JSON debug)
|
||||
* CRYPT_DEBUG_JSON (log level for JSON debug)
|
||||
* CRYPT_ACTIVATE_RECALCULATE (dm-integrity recalculate flag)
|
||||
* CRYPT_ACTIVATE_REFRESH (new open with refresh flag)
|
||||
|
||||
All existing API calls should remain backward compatible.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Optional authenticated encryption is still an experimental feature
|
||||
and can have performance problems for high-speed devices and device
|
||||
with larger IO blocks (like RAID).
|
||||
|
||||
* Authenticated encryption does not use encryption for a dm-integrity
|
||||
journal. While it does not influence data confidentiality or
|
||||
integrity protection, an attacker can get some more information
|
||||
from data journal or cause that system will corrupt sectors after
|
||||
journal replay. (That corruption will be detected though.)
|
||||
|
||||
* The LUKS2 metadata area increase is mainly needed for the new online
|
||||
reencryption as the major feature for the next release.
|
279
docs/v2.2.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
279
docs/v2.2.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.2.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with new experimental features and bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.2 version introduces a new LUKS2 online reencryption
|
||||
extension that allows reencryption of mounted LUKS2 devices
|
||||
(device in use) in the background.
|
||||
|
||||
Online reencryption is a complex feature. Please be sure you
|
||||
have a full data backup before using this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.1.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 online reencryption
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
The reencryption is intended to provide a reliable way to change
|
||||
volume key or an algorithm change while the encrypted device is still
|
||||
in use.
|
||||
|
||||
It is based on userspace-only approach (no kernel changes needed)
|
||||
that uses the device-mapper subsystem to remap active devices on-the-fly
|
||||
dynamically. The device is split into several segments (encrypted by old
|
||||
key, new key and so-called hotzone, where reencryption is actively running).
|
||||
|
||||
The flexible LUKS2 metadata format is used to store intermediate states
|
||||
(segment mappings) and both version of keyslots (old and new keys).
|
||||
Also, it provides a binary area (in the unused keyslot area space)
|
||||
to provide recovery metadata in the case of unexpected failure during
|
||||
reencryption. LUKS2 header is during the reencryption marked with
|
||||
"online-reencryption" keyword. After the reencryption is finished,
|
||||
this keyword is removed, and the device is backward compatible with all
|
||||
older cryptsetup tools (that support LUKS2).
|
||||
|
||||
The recovery supports three resilience modes:
|
||||
|
||||
- checksum: default mode, where individual checksums of ciphertext hotzone
|
||||
sectors are stored, so the recovery process can detect which sectors were
|
||||
already reencrypted. It requires that the device sector write is atomic.
|
||||
|
||||
- journal: the hotzone is journaled in the binary area
|
||||
(so the data are written twice)
|
||||
|
||||
- none: performance mode; there is no protection
|
||||
(similar to old offline reencryption)
|
||||
|
||||
These resilience modes are not available if reencryption uses data shift.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: until we have full documentation (both of the process and metadata),
|
||||
please refer to Ondrej's slides (some slight details are no longer relevant)
|
||||
https://okozina.fedorapeople.org/online-disk-reencryption-with-luks2-compact.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
The offline reencryption tool (cryptsetup-reencrypt) is still supported
|
||||
for both LUKS1 and LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup examples for reencryption
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
The reencryption feature is integrated directly into cryptsetup utility
|
||||
as the new "reencrypt" action (command).
|
||||
|
||||
There are three basic modes - to perform reencryption (change of already
|
||||
existing LUKS2 device), to add encryption to plaintext device and to remove
|
||||
encryption from a device (decryption).
|
||||
|
||||
In all cases, if existing LUKS2 metadata contains information about
|
||||
the ongoing reencryption process, following reencrypt command continues
|
||||
with the ongoing reencryption process until it is finished.
|
||||
|
||||
You can activate a device with ongoing reencryption as the standard LUKS2
|
||||
device, but the reencryption process will not continue until the cryptsetup
|
||||
reencrypt command is issued.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1) Reencryption
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
This mode is intended to change any attribute of the data encryption
|
||||
(change of the volume key, algorithm or sector size).
|
||||
Note that authenticated encryption is not yet supported.
|
||||
|
||||
You can start the reencryption process by specifying a LUKS2 device or with
|
||||
a detached LUKS2 header.
|
||||
The code should automatically recognize if the device is in use (and if it
|
||||
should use online mode of reencryption).
|
||||
|
||||
If you do not specify parameters, only volume key is changed
|
||||
(a new random key is generated).
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup reencrypt <device> [--header <hdr>]
|
||||
|
||||
You can also start reencryption using active mapped device name:
|
||||
# cryptsetup reencrypt --active-name <name>
|
||||
|
||||
You can also specify the resilience mode (none, checksum, journal) with
|
||||
--resilience=<mode> option, for checksum mode also the hash algorithm with
|
||||
--resilience-hash=<alg> (only hash algorithms supported by cryptographic
|
||||
backend are available).
|
||||
|
||||
The maximal size of reencryption hotzone can be limited by
|
||||
--hotzone-size=<size> option and applies to all reencryption modes.
|
||||
Note that for checksum and journal mode hotzone size is also limited
|
||||
by available space in binary keyslot area.
|
||||
|
||||
2) Encryption
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
This mode provides a way to encrypt a plaintext device to LUKS2 format.
|
||||
This option requires reduction of device size (for LUKS2 header) or new
|
||||
detached header.
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup reencrypt <device> --encrypt --reduce-device-size <size>
|
||||
|
||||
Or with detached header:
|
||||
# cryptsetup reencrypt <device> --encrypt --header <hdr>
|
||||
|
||||
3) Decryption
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
This mode provides the removal of existing LUKS2 encryption and replacing
|
||||
a device with plaintext content only.
|
||||
For now, we support only decryption with a detached header.
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup reencrypt <device> --decrypt --header <hdr>
|
||||
|
||||
For all three modes, you can split the process to metadata initialization
|
||||
(prepare keyslots and segments but do not run reencryption yet) and the data
|
||||
reencryption step by using --init-only option.
|
||||
|
||||
Prepares metadata:
|
||||
# cryptsetup reencrypt --init-only <parameters>
|
||||
|
||||
Starts the data processing:
|
||||
# cryptsetup reencrypt <device>
|
||||
|
||||
Please note, that due to the Linux kernel limitation, the encryption or
|
||||
decryption process cannot be run entirely online - there must be at least
|
||||
short offline window where operation adds/removes device-mapper crypt (LUKS2) layer.
|
||||
This step should also include modification of /etc/crypttab and fstab UUIDs,
|
||||
but it is out of the scope of cryptsetup tools.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitations
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Most of these limitations will be (hopefully) fixed in next versions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Only one active keyslot is supported (all old keyslots will be removed
|
||||
after reencryption).
|
||||
|
||||
* Only block devices are now supported as parameters. As a workaround
|
||||
for images in a file, please explicitly map a loop device over the image
|
||||
and use the loop device as the parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
* Devices with authenticated encryption are not supported. (Later it will
|
||||
be limited by the fixed per-sector metadata, per-sector metadata size
|
||||
cannot be changed without a new device format operation.)
|
||||
|
||||
* The reencryption uses userspace crypto library, with fallback to
|
||||
the kernel (if available). There can be some specific configurations
|
||||
where the fallback does not provide optimal performance.
|
||||
|
||||
* There are no translations of error messages until the final release
|
||||
(some messages can be rephrased as well).
|
||||
|
||||
* The repair command is not finished; the recovery of interrupted
|
||||
reencryption is made automatically on the first device activation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reencryption triggers too many udev scans on metadata updates (on closing
|
||||
write enabled file descriptors). This has a negative performance impact on the whole
|
||||
reencryption and generates excessive I/O load on the system.
|
||||
|
||||
New libcryptsetup reencryption API
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The libcryptsetup contains new API calls that are used to setup and
|
||||
run the reencryption.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that there can be some changes in API implementation of these functions
|
||||
and/or some new function can be introduced in final cryptsetup 2.2 release.
|
||||
|
||||
New API symbols (see documentation in libcryptsetup.h)
|
||||
* struct crypt_params_reencrypt - reencryption parameters
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_reencrypt_init_by_passphrase
|
||||
* crypt_reencrypt_init_by_keyring
|
||||
- function to configure LUKS2 metadata for reencryption;
|
||||
if metadata already exists, it configures the context from this metadata
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_reencrypt
|
||||
- run the reencryption process (processing the data)
|
||||
- the optional callback function can be used to interrupt the reencryption
|
||||
or report the progress.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_reencrypt_status
|
||||
- function to query LUKS2 metadata about the reencryption state
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes and fixes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Add optional global serialization lock for memory hard PBKDF.
|
||||
(The --serialize-memory-hard-pbkdf option in cryptsetup and
|
||||
CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SERIALIZE_MEMORY_HARD_PBKDF in activation flag.)
|
||||
|
||||
This is an "ugly" optional workaround for a situation when multiple devices
|
||||
are being activated in parallel (like systemd crypttab activation).
|
||||
The system instead of returning ENOMEM (no memory available) starts
|
||||
out-of-memory (OOM) killer to kill processes randomly.
|
||||
|
||||
Until we find a reliable way how to work with memory-hard function
|
||||
in these situations, cryptsetup provide a way how to serialize memory-hard
|
||||
unlocking among parallel cryptsetup instances to workaround this problem.
|
||||
This flag is intended to be used only in very specific situations,
|
||||
never use it directly :-)
|
||||
|
||||
* Abort conversion to LUKS1 with incompatible sector size that is
|
||||
not supported in LUKS1.
|
||||
|
||||
* Report error (-ENOENT) if no LUKS keyslots are available. User can now
|
||||
distinguish between a wrong passphrase and no keyslot available.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a possible segfault in detached header handling (double free).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add integritysetup support for bitmap mode introduced in Linux kernel 5.2.
|
||||
Integritysetup now supports --integrity-bitmap-mode option and
|
||||
--bitmap-sector-per-bit and --bitmap-flush-time commandline options.
|
||||
|
||||
In the bitmap operation mode, if a bit in the bitmap is 1, the corresponding
|
||||
region's data and integrity tags are not synchronized - if the machine
|
||||
crashes, the unsynchronized regions will be recalculated.
|
||||
The bitmap mode is faster than the journal mode because we don't have
|
||||
to write the data twice, but it is also less reliable, because if data
|
||||
corruption happens when the machine crashes, it may not be detected.
|
||||
This can be used only for standalone devices, not with dm-crypt.
|
||||
|
||||
* The libcryptsetup now keeps all file descriptors to underlying device
|
||||
open during the whole lifetime of crypt device context to avoid excessive
|
||||
scanning in udev (udev run scan on every descriptor close).
|
||||
|
||||
* The luksDump command now prints more info for reencryption keyslot
|
||||
(when a device is in-reencryption).
|
||||
|
||||
* New --device-size parameter is supported for LUKS2 reencryption.
|
||||
It may be used to encrypt/reencrypt only the initial part of the data
|
||||
device if the user is aware that the rest of the device is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: This change causes API break since the last rc0 release
|
||||
(crypt_params_reencrypt structure contains additional field).
|
||||
|
||||
* New --resume-only parameter is supported for LUKS2 reencryption.
|
||||
This flag resumes reencryption process if it exists (not starting
|
||||
new reencryption).
|
||||
|
||||
* The repair command now tries LUKS2 reencryption recovery if needed.
|
||||
|
||||
* If reencryption device is a file image, an interactive dialog now
|
||||
asks if reencryption should be run safely in offline mode
|
||||
(if autodetection of active devices failed).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix activation through a token where dm-crypt volume key was not
|
||||
set through keyring (but using old device-mapper table parameter mode).
|
||||
|
||||
* Online reencryption can now retain all keyslots (if all passphrases
|
||||
are provided). Note that keyslot numbers will change in this case.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow volume key file to be used if no LUKS2 keyslots are present.
|
||||
If all keyslots are removed, LUKS2 has no longer information about
|
||||
the volume key size (there is only key digest present).
|
||||
Please use --key-size option to open the device or add a new keyslot
|
||||
in these cases.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print a warning if online reencrypt is called over LUKS1 (not supported).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix TCRYPT KDF failure in FIPS mode.
|
||||
Some crypto backends support plain hash in FIPS mode but not for PBKDF2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove FIPS mode restriction for crypt_volume_key_get.
|
||||
It is an application responsibility to use this API in the proper context.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reduce keyslots area size in luksFormat when the header device is too small.
|
||||
Unless user explicitly asks for keyslots areas size (either via
|
||||
--luks2-keyslots-size or --offset) reduce keyslots size so that it fits
|
||||
in metadata device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Make resize action accept --device-size parameter (supports units suffix).
|
36
docs/v2.2.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
36
docs/v2.2.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.2.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
This version contains a fix for a possible data corruption bug
|
||||
on 32-bit platforms.
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.1 and 2.2 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.2.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix possible data length and IV offset overflow on 32bit architectures.
|
||||
Other 64-bit architectures are not affected.
|
||||
|
||||
The flawed helper function prototypes (introduced in version 2.1.0) used
|
||||
size_t type, that is 32-bit integer on 32-bit systems.
|
||||
This patch fixes the problem to properly use 64-bit types.
|
||||
|
||||
If the offset parameter addresses devices larger than 2TB, the value
|
||||
overflows and stores incorrect information in the metadata.
|
||||
For example, integrity device is smaller than expected size if used
|
||||
over large disk on 32-bit architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
This issue is not present with the standard LUKS1/LUKS2 devices without
|
||||
integrity extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a regression in TrueCrypt/VeraCrypt system partition activation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reinstate missing backing file hint for loop device.
|
||||
|
||||
If the encrypted device is backed by a file (loopback), cryptsetup now
|
||||
shows the path to the backing file in passphrase query (as in 1.x version).
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS2 reencryption block size is now aligned to reported optimal IO size.
|
||||
This change eliminates possible non-aligned device warnings in kernel log
|
||||
during reencryption.
|
56
docs/v2.2.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
56
docs/v2.2.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.2.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.1 and 2.2 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.2.1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Print error message if a keyslot open failed for a different reason
|
||||
than wrong passwords (for example there is not enough memory).
|
||||
Only an exit code was present in this case.
|
||||
|
||||
* The progress function switches unit sizes (B/s to GiB/s) according
|
||||
to the actual speed. Also, it properly calculates speed in the case
|
||||
of a resumed reencryption operation.
|
||||
|
||||
* The --version now supports short -V short option and better handles
|
||||
common option priorities.
|
||||
|
||||
* If cryptsetup wipes signatures during format actions through blkid,
|
||||
it also prints signature device offsets.
|
||||
|
||||
* Compilation now properly uses LTLIBINTL gettext setting in Makefiles.
|
||||
|
||||
* Device-mapper backend now supports new DM_GET_TARGET_VERSION ioctl
|
||||
(available since Linux kernel 5.4).
|
||||
This should help to detect some kernel/userspace incompatibilities
|
||||
earlier later after a failed device activation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes LUKS2 reencryption on systems without kernel keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes unlocking prompt for partitions mapped through loop devices
|
||||
(to properly show the backing device).
|
||||
|
||||
* For LUKS2 decryption, a device is now marked for deferred removal
|
||||
to be automatically deactivated.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reencryption now limits hotzone size to be maximal 1 GiB or 1/4
|
||||
system memory (if lower).
|
||||
|
||||
* Reencryption now retains activation flags during online reencryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reencryption now allows LUKS2 device to activate device right after
|
||||
LUKS2 encryption is initialized through optional active device name
|
||||
for cryptsetup reencrypt --encrypt command.
|
||||
This could help with automated encryption during boot.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: It means that part of the device is still not encrypted during
|
||||
activation. Use with care!
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes failure in resize and plain format activation if activated device
|
||||
size was not aligned to underlying logical device size.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes conversion to LUKS2 format with detached header if a detached
|
||||
header size was smaller than the expected aligned LUKS1 header size.
|
209
docs/v2.3.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
209
docs/v2.3.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.3.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with new experimental features and bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.3 version introduces support for BitLocker-compatible
|
||||
devices (BITLK format). This format is used in Windows systems,
|
||||
and in combination with a filesystem driver, cryptsetup now provides
|
||||
native read-write access to BitLocker Full Disk Encryption devices.
|
||||
|
||||
The BITLK implementation is based on publicly available information
|
||||
and it is an independent and opensource implementation that allows
|
||||
one to access this proprietary disk encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.2.2
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* BITLK (Windows BitLocker compatible) device access
|
||||
|
||||
BITLK userspace implementation is based on the master thesis and code
|
||||
provided by Vojtech Trefny. Also, thanks to other opensource projects
|
||||
like libbde (that provide alternative approach to decode this format)
|
||||
we were able to verify cryptsetup implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Support for the BITLK device is EXPERIMENTAL and will require
|
||||
a lot of testing. If you get some error message (mainly unsupported
|
||||
metadata in the on-disk header), please help us by submitting an issue
|
||||
to cryptsetup project, so we can fix it. Thank you!
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup supports BITLK activation through passphrase or recovery
|
||||
passphrase for existing devices (BitLocker and Bitlocker to Go).
|
||||
|
||||
Activation through TPM, SmartCard, or any other key protector
|
||||
is not supported. And in some situations, mainly for TPM bind to some
|
||||
PCR registers, it could be even impossible on Linux in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
All metadata (key protectors) are handled read-only, cryptsetup cannot
|
||||
create or modify them. Except for old devices (created in old Vista
|
||||
systems), all format variants should be recognized.
|
||||
|
||||
Data devices can be activated read-write (followed by mounting through
|
||||
the proper filesystem driver). To access filesystem on the decrypted device
|
||||
you need properly installed driver (vfat, NTFS or exFAT).
|
||||
|
||||
Foe AES-XTS, activation is supported on all recent Linux kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
For older AES-CBC encryption, Linux Kernel version 5.3 is required
|
||||
(support for special IV variant); for AES-CBC with Elephant diffuser,
|
||||
Linux Kernel 5.6 is required.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that CBC variants are legacy, and we provide it only
|
||||
for backward compatibility (to be able to access old drives).
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup command now supports the new "bitlk" format and implement dump,
|
||||
open, status, and close actions.
|
||||
|
||||
To activate a BITLK device, use
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup open --type bitlk <device> <name>
|
||||
or with alias
|
||||
# cryptsetup bitlkOpen <device> <name>
|
||||
|
||||
Then with properly installed fs driver (usually NTFS, vfat or exFAT),
|
||||
you can mount the plaintext device /dev/mapper<name> device as a common
|
||||
filesystem.
|
||||
|
||||
To print metadata information about BITLK device, use
|
||||
# crypotsetup bitlkDump <device>
|
||||
|
||||
To print information about the active device, use
|
||||
# cryptsetup status <name>
|
||||
|
||||
Example (activation of disk image):
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
# Recent blkid recognizes BitLocker device,just to verity
|
||||
# blkid bitlocker_xts_ntfs.img
|
||||
bitlocker_xts_ntfs.img: TYPE="BitLocker"
|
||||
|
||||
# Print visible metadata information (on-disk, form the image)
|
||||
# cryptsetup bitlkDump bitlocker_xts_ntfs.img
|
||||
Info for BITLK device bitlocker_xts_ntfs.img.
|
||||
Version: 2
|
||||
GUID: ...
|
||||
Created: Wed Oct 23 17:38:15 2019
|
||||
Description: DESKTOP-xxxxxxx E: 23.10.2019
|
||||
Cipher name: aes
|
||||
Cipher mode: xts-plain64
|
||||
Cipher key: 128 bits
|
||||
|
||||
Keyslots:
|
||||
0: VMK
|
||||
GUID: ...
|
||||
Protection: VMK protected with passphrase
|
||||
Salt: ...
|
||||
Key data size: 44 [bytes]
|
||||
1: VMK
|
||||
GUID: ...
|
||||
Protection: VMK protected with recovery passphrase
|
||||
Salt: ...
|
||||
Key data size: 44 [bytes]
|
||||
2: FVEK
|
||||
Key data size: 44 [bytes]
|
||||
|
||||
# Activation (recovery passphrase works the same as password)
|
||||
# cryptsetup bitlkOpen bitlocker_xts_ntfs.img test -v
|
||||
Enter passphrase for bitlocker_xts_ntfs.img:
|
||||
Command successful.
|
||||
|
||||
# Information about the active device
|
||||
# cryptsetup status test
|
||||
/dev/mapper/test is active.
|
||||
type: BITLK
|
||||
cipher: aes-xts-plain64
|
||||
keysize: 128 bits
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
# Plaintext device should now contain decrypted NTFS filesystem
|
||||
# blkid /dev/mapper/test
|
||||
/dev/mapper/test: UUID="..." TYPE="ntfs"
|
||||
|
||||
# And can be mounted
|
||||
# mount /dev/mapper/test /mnt/tst
|
||||
|
||||
# Deactivation
|
||||
# umount /mnt/tst
|
||||
# cryptsetup close test
|
||||
|
||||
* Veritysetup now supports activation with additional PKCS7 signature
|
||||
of root hash through --root-hash-signature option.
|
||||
The signature uses an in-kernel trusted key to validate the signature
|
||||
of the root hash during activation. This option requires Linux kernel
|
||||
5.4 with DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG option.
|
||||
|
||||
Verity devices activated with signature now has a special flag
|
||||
(with signature) active in device status (veritysetup status <name>).
|
||||
|
||||
Usage:
|
||||
# veritysetup open <data_device> name <hash_device> <root_hash> \
|
||||
--root-hash-signature=<roothash_p7_sig_file>
|
||||
|
||||
* Integritysetup now calculates hash integrity size according to algorithm
|
||||
instead of requiring an explicit tag size.
|
||||
|
||||
Previously, when integritysetup formats a device with hash or
|
||||
HMAC integrity checksums, it required explicitly tag size entry from
|
||||
a user (or used default value).
|
||||
This led to confusion and unexpected shortened tag sizes.
|
||||
|
||||
Now, libcryptsetup calculates tag size according to real hash output.
|
||||
Tag size can also be specified, then it warns if these values differ.
|
||||
|
||||
* Integritysetup now supports fixed padding for dm-integrity devices.
|
||||
|
||||
There was an in-kernel bug that wasted a lot of space when using metadata
|
||||
areas for integrity-protected devices if a larger sector size than
|
||||
512 bytes was used.
|
||||
This problem affects both stand-alone dm-integrity and also LUKS2 with
|
||||
authenticated encryption and larger sector size.
|
||||
|
||||
The new extension to dm-integrity superblock is needed, so devices
|
||||
with the new optimal padding cannot be activated on older systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Integritysetup/Cryptsetup will use new padding automatically if it
|
||||
detects the proper kernel. To create a compatible device with
|
||||
the old padding, use --integrity-legacy-padding option.
|
||||
|
||||
* A lot of fixes to online LUKS2 reecryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add crypt_resume_by_volume_key() function to libcryptsetup.
|
||||
If a user has a volume key available, the LUKS device can be resumed
|
||||
directly using the provided volume key.
|
||||
No keyslot derivation is needed, only the key digest is checked.
|
||||
|
||||
* Implement active device suspend info.
|
||||
Add CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SUSPENDED bit to crypt_get_active_device() flags
|
||||
that informs the caller that device is suspended (luksSuspend).
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow --test-passphrase for a detached header.
|
||||
Before this fix, we required a data device specified on the command
|
||||
line even though it was not necessary for the passphrase check.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow --key-file option in legacy offline encryption.
|
||||
The option was ignored for LUKS1 encryption initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
* Export memory safe functions.
|
||||
To make developing of some extensions simpler, we now export
|
||||
functions to handle memory with proper wipe on deallocation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fail crypt_keyslot_get_pbkdf for inactive LUKS1 keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API extensions
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The libcryptsetup API is backward compatible for existing symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
New symbols
|
||||
crypt_set_compatibility
|
||||
crypt_get_compatibility;
|
||||
crypt_resume_by_volume_key;
|
||||
crypt_activate_by_signed_key;
|
||||
crypt_safe_alloc;
|
||||
crypt_safe_realloc;
|
||||
crypt_safe_free;
|
||||
crypt_safe_memzero;
|
||||
|
||||
New defines introduced :
|
||||
CRYPT_BITLK "BITLK" - BITLK (BitLocker-compatible mode
|
||||
CRYPT_COMPAT_LEGACY_INTEGRITY_PADDING - dm-integrity legacy padding
|
||||
CRYPT_VERITY_ROOT_HASH_SIGNATURE - dm-verity root hash signature
|
||||
CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SUSPENDED - device suspended info flag
|
45
docs/v2.3.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
45
docs/v2.3.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.3.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.x should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.3.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Support VeraCrypt 128 bytes passwords.
|
||||
VeraCrypt now allows passwords of maximal length 128 bytes
|
||||
(compared to legacy TrueCrypt where it was limited by 64 bytes).
|
||||
|
||||
* Strip extra newline from BitLocker recovery keys
|
||||
There might be a trailing newline added by the text editor when
|
||||
the recovery passphrase was passed using the --key-file option.
|
||||
|
||||
* Detect separate libiconv library.
|
||||
It should fix compilation issues on distributions with iconv
|
||||
implemented in a separate library.
|
||||
|
||||
* Various fixes and workarounds to build on old Linux distributions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Split lines with hexadecimal digest printing for large key-sizes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not wipe the device with no integrity profile.
|
||||
With --integrity none we performed useless full device wipe.
|
||||
|
||||
* Workaround for dm-integrity kernel table bug.
|
||||
Some kernels show an invalid dm-integrity mapping table
|
||||
if superblock contains the "recalculate" bit. This causes
|
||||
integritysetup to not recognize the dm-integrity device.
|
||||
Integritysetup now specifies kernel options such a way that
|
||||
even on unpatched kernels mapping table is correct.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print error message if LUKS1 keyslot cannot be processed.
|
||||
If the crypto backend is missing support for hash algorithms
|
||||
used in PBKDF2, the error message was not visible.
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly align LUKS2 keyslots area on conversion.
|
||||
If the LUKS1 payload offset (data offset) is not aligned
|
||||
to 4 KiB boundary, new LUKS2 keyslots area in now aligned properly.
|
||||
|
||||
* Validate LUKS2 earlier on conversion to not corrupt the device
|
||||
if binary keyslots areas metadata are not correct.
|
42
docs/v2.3.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
42
docs/v2.3.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.3.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.x should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.3.1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Support compilation with json-c library version 0.14.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update FAQ document for some LUKS2 specific information.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add option to dump content of LUKS2 unbound keyslot:
|
||||
cryptsetup luksDump --unbound -S <slot> <device>
|
||||
or optionally with --master-key-file option.
|
||||
|
||||
The slot number --key-slot (-S) option is mandatory here.
|
||||
|
||||
An unbound keyslot store a key is that is not assigned to data
|
||||
area on disk (LUKS2 allows one to store arbitrary keys).
|
||||
|
||||
* Rephrase some error messages and remove redundant end-of-lines.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for discards (TRIM) for standalone dm-integrity devices.
|
||||
Linux kernel 5.7 adds support for optional discard/TRIM operation
|
||||
over dm-integrity devices.
|
||||
|
||||
It is now supported through --allow-discards integritysetup option.
|
||||
Note you need to add this flag in all activation calls.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this option cannot be used for LUKS2 authenticated encryption
|
||||
(that uses dm-integrity for storing additional per-sector metadata).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup-reencrypt to work on devices that do not allow
|
||||
direct-io device access.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a crash in the BitLocker-compatible code error path.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix Veracrypt compatible support for longer (>64 bytes) passphrases.
|
||||
It allows some older images to be correctly opened again.
|
||||
The issue was introduced in version 2.3.1.
|
42
docs/v2.3.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
42
docs/v2.3.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.3.3 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.x should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.3.2
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix BitLocker compatible device access that uses native 4kB sectors.
|
||||
|
||||
Devices formatted with storage that natively support 4096-bytes
|
||||
sectors can also use this sector size for encryption units.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support large IV count (--iv-large-sectors) cryptsetup option
|
||||
for plain device mapping.
|
||||
|
||||
The large IV count is supported in dm-crypt together with larger
|
||||
sector encryption. It counts the Initialization Vector (IV) in
|
||||
a larger sector size instead of 512-bytes sectors.
|
||||
|
||||
This option does not have any performance or security impact,
|
||||
but it can be used for accessing incompatible existing disk images
|
||||
from other systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Only open action with plain device type and sector size > 512 bytes
|
||||
are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a memory leak in BitLocker compatible handling.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow EBOIV (Initialization Vector algorithm) use.
|
||||
|
||||
The EBOIV initialization vector is intended to be used internally
|
||||
with BitLocker devices (for CBC mode). It can now be used also
|
||||
outside of the BitLocker compatible code.
|
||||
|
||||
* Require both keyslot cipher and key size options.
|
||||
|
||||
If these LUKS2 keyslot parameters were not specified together,
|
||||
cryptsetup silently failed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update to man pages and FAQ.
|
112
docs/v2.3.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
112
docs/v2.3.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.3.4 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with a security fix (32-bit only).
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.2.x and later should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.3.3
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a possible out-of-bounds memory write while validating LUKS2 data
|
||||
segments metadata (CVE-2020-14382).
|
||||
|
||||
This problem can be triggered only on 32-bit builds (64-bit systems
|
||||
are not affected).
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 format validation code contains a bug in segments validation code
|
||||
where the code does not check for possible overflow on memory allocation.
|
||||
|
||||
Due to the bug, the libcryptsetup can be tricked to expect such allocation
|
||||
was successful. Later it may read data from image crafted by an attacker and
|
||||
actually write such data beyond allocated memory.
|
||||
|
||||
The bug was introduced in cryptsetup 2.2.0. All later releases until 2.3.4
|
||||
are affected.
|
||||
|
||||
If you only backport the fix for this CVE, these master branch git commits
|
||||
should be backported:
|
||||
52f5cb8cedf22fb3e14c744814ec8af7614146c7
|
||||
46ee71edcd13e1dad50815ad65c28779aa6f7503
|
||||
752c9a52798f11d3b765b673ebaa3058eb25316e
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks to Tobias Stoeckmann for discovering this issue.
|
||||
|
||||
* Ignore reported optimal IO size if not aligned to minimal page size.
|
||||
|
||||
Some USB enclosures report bogus block device topology (see lsblk -t) that
|
||||
prevents LUKS2 format with 4k sector size (reported values are not correctly
|
||||
aligned). The code now ignores such values and uses the default alignment.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added support for new no_read/write_wrokqueue dm-crypt options (kernel 5.9).
|
||||
|
||||
These performance options, introduced in kernel 5.9, configure dm-crypt
|
||||
to bypass read or write workqueues and run encryption synchronously.
|
||||
|
||||
Use --perf-no_read_workqueue or --perf-no_write_workqueue cryptsetup arguments
|
||||
to use these dm-crypt flags.
|
||||
|
||||
These options are available only for low-level dm-crypt performance tuning,
|
||||
use only if you need a change to default dm-crypt behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
For LUKS2, these flags can be persistently stored in metadata with
|
||||
the --persistent option.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added support panic_on_corruption option for dm-verity devices (kernel 5.9).
|
||||
|
||||
Veritysetup now supports --panic-on-corruption argument that configures
|
||||
the dm-verity device to panics kernel if a corruption is detected.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is intended for specific configurations, do not use it in
|
||||
standard configurations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support --master-key-file option for online LUKS2 reencryption
|
||||
|
||||
This can be used for reencryption of devices that uses protected key AES cipher
|
||||
on some mainframes crypto accelerators.
|
||||
|
||||
* Always return EEXIST error code if a device already exists.
|
||||
|
||||
Some libcryptsetup functions (activate_by*) now return EEXIST error code,
|
||||
so the caller can distinguish that call fails because some parallel process
|
||||
already activated the device.
|
||||
Previously all fails returned EINVAL (invalid value).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a problem in integritysetup if a hash algorithm has dash in the name.
|
||||
|
||||
If users want to use blake2b/blake2s, the kernel algorithm name includes
|
||||
a dash (like "blake2s-256").
|
||||
These algorithms can now be used for integritysetup devices.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix crypto backend to properly handle ECB mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Even though it should never be used, it should still work for testing :)
|
||||
This fixes a bug introduced in cryptsetup version 2.3.2.
|
||||
|
||||
* TrueCrypt/VeraCrypt compatible mode now supports the activation of devices
|
||||
with a larger sector.
|
||||
|
||||
TrueCrypt/VeraCrypt always uses 512-byte sector for encryption, but for devices
|
||||
with a larger native sector, it stores this value in the header.
|
||||
|
||||
This patch allows activation of such devices, basically ignoring
|
||||
the mentioned sector size.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS2: Do not create excessively large headers.
|
||||
|
||||
When creating a LUKS2 header with a specified --offset larger than
|
||||
the LUKS2 header size, do not create a larger file than needed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix unspecified sector size for BitLocker compatible mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Some BitLocker devices can contain zeroed sector size in the header.
|
||||
In this case, the 512-byte sector should be used.
|
||||
The bug was introduced in version 2.3.3.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix reading key data size in metadata for BitLocker compatible mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Such devices with an unexpected entry in metadata can now be activated.
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks to all users reporting these problems, BitLocker metadata documentation
|
||||
is not publicly available, and we depend only on these reports.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix typos in documentation.
|
181
docs/v2.3.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
181
docs/v2.3.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.3.5 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.x and later should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.3.4
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix partial reads of passphrase from an interactive terminal.
|
||||
Some stable kernels (5.3.11) started to return buffer from a terminal
|
||||
in parts of maximal size 64 bytes.
|
||||
This breaks the reading of passphrases longer than 64 characters
|
||||
entered through an interactive terminal. The change is already fixed
|
||||
in later kernel releases, but tools now support such partial read from
|
||||
terminal properly.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix maximal length of password entered through a terminal.
|
||||
Now the maximal interactive passphrase length is exactly
|
||||
512 characters (not 511).
|
||||
|
||||
* integritysetup: support new dm-integrity HMAC recalculation options.
|
||||
|
||||
In older kernels (since version 4.19), an attacker can force
|
||||
an automatic recalculation of integrity tags by modifying
|
||||
the dm-integrity superblock.
|
||||
This is a problem with a keyed algorithms (HMAC), where it expects
|
||||
nobody can trigger such recalculation without the key.
|
||||
(Automatic recalculation will start after the next activation.)
|
||||
|
||||
Note that dm-integrity in standalone mode was *not* supposed
|
||||
to provide cryptographic data integrity protection.
|
||||
Despite that, we try to keep the system secure if keyed algorithms
|
||||
are used.
|
||||
Thank Daniel Glöckner for the original report of this problem.
|
||||
|
||||
Authenticated encryption that provides data integrity protection (in
|
||||
combination with dm-crypt and LUKS2) is not affected by this problem.
|
||||
|
||||
The fix in the kernel for this problem contains two parts.
|
||||
|
||||
Firstly, the dm-integrity kernel module disables integrity
|
||||
recalculation if keyed algorithms (HMAC) are used.
|
||||
This change is included in long-term stable kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
Secondly, since the kernel version 5.11, dm-integrity introduces
|
||||
modified protection where a journal-integrity algorithm guards
|
||||
superblock; also, journal sections are protected. An attacker cannot
|
||||
copy sectors from one journal section to another, and the superblock
|
||||
also contains salt to prevent header replacement from another device.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to protect data with HMAC, you should always also use HMAC
|
||||
for --journal-integrity. Keys can be independent.
|
||||
If HMAC is used for data but not for the journal, the recalculation
|
||||
option is disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to use (insecure) backward compatibility implementation,
|
||||
two new integritysetup options are introduced:
|
||||
- Use --integrity-legacy-recalc (instead of --integrity-recalc)
|
||||
to allow recalculation on legacy devices.
|
||||
- Use --integrity-legacy-hmac in format action to force old insecure
|
||||
HMAC format.
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API also introduces flags
|
||||
CRYPT_COMPAT_LEGACY_INTEGRITY_HMAC and
|
||||
CRYPT_COMPAT_LEGACY_INTEGRITY_RECALC
|
||||
to set these through crypt_set_compatibility() call.
|
||||
|
||||
* integritysetup: display of recalculating sector in dump command.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: fix verity FEC if stored in the same image with hashes.
|
||||
|
||||
Optional FEC (Forward Error Correction) data should cover the whole
|
||||
data area, hashes (Merkle tree), and optionally additional metadata
|
||||
(located after hash area).
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, if FEC data is stored in the same file as hash,
|
||||
the calculation wrongly used the whole file size, thus overlaps with
|
||||
the FEC area itself. This produced unusable and too large FEC data.
|
||||
There is no problem if the FEC image is a separate image.
|
||||
|
||||
The problem is now fixed, introducing FEC blocks calculation as:
|
||||
- If the hash device is in a separate image, metadata covers the
|
||||
whole rest of the image after the hash area. (Unchanged behavior.)
|
||||
- If hash and FEC device is in the image, metadata ends on the FEC
|
||||
area offset.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: there is also a fix for FEC in the dm-verity kernel (on the way
|
||||
to stable kernels) that fixes error correction with larger RS roots.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: run FEC repair check even if root hash fails.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The userspace FEC verify command reports are only informational
|
||||
for now. Code does not check verity hash after FEC recovery in
|
||||
userspace. The Reed-Solomon decoder can then report the possibility
|
||||
that it fixed data even if parity is too damaged.
|
||||
This will be fixed in the next major release.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: do not process hash image if hash area is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes the device is so small that there is only a root hash
|
||||
needed, and the hash area is not used.
|
||||
Also, the size of the hash image is not increased for hash block
|
||||
alignment in this case.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: store verity hash algorithm in superblock in lowercase.
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, the kernel could refuse the activation of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
* bitlk: fix a crash if the device disappears during BitLocker scan.
|
||||
|
||||
* bitlk: show a better error when trying to open an NTFS device.
|
||||
|
||||
Both BitLocker version 1 and NTFS have the same signature.
|
||||
If a user opens an NTFS device without BitLocker, it now correctly
|
||||
informs that it is not a BITLK device.
|
||||
|
||||
* bitlk: add support for startup key protected VMKs.
|
||||
|
||||
The startup key can be provided in --key-file option for open command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix LUKS1 repair code (regression since version 1.7.x).
|
||||
|
||||
We cannot trust possibly broken keyslots metadata in repair, so the
|
||||
code recalculates them instead.
|
||||
This makes the repair code working again when the master boot record
|
||||
signature overwrites the LUKS header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix luksKeyChange for LUKS2 with assigned tokens.
|
||||
|
||||
The token references are now correctly assigned to the new keyslot
|
||||
number.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup resize using LUKS2 tokens.
|
||||
|
||||
Code needlessly asked for passphrase even though volume key was
|
||||
already unlocked via LUKS2 token.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print a visible error if device resize is not supported.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add error message when suspending wrong non-LUKS device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix default XTS mode key size in reencryption.
|
||||
|
||||
The same luksFormat logic (double key size because XTS uses two keys)
|
||||
is applied in the reencryption code.
|
||||
|
||||
* Rephrase missing locking directory warning and move it to debug level.
|
||||
|
||||
The system should later provide a safe transition to tempdir
|
||||
configuration, so creating locking directory inside libcryptsetup
|
||||
call is safe.
|
||||
|
||||
* Many fixes for the use of cipher_null (empty debug cipher).
|
||||
|
||||
Support for this empty cipher was intended as a debug feature and for
|
||||
measuring performance overhead. Unfortunately, many systems started to
|
||||
use it as an "empty shell" for LUKS (to enable encryption later).
|
||||
|
||||
This use is very dangerous and it creates a false sense of security.
|
||||
|
||||
Anyway, to not break such systems, we try to support these
|
||||
configurations.
|
||||
Using cipher_null in any production system is strongly discouraged!
|
||||
|
||||
Fixes include:
|
||||
- allow LUKS resume for a device with cipher_null.
|
||||
- do not upload key in keyring when data cipher is null.
|
||||
- switch to default cipher when reencrypting cipher_null device.
|
||||
- replace possible bogus cipher_null keyslots before reencryption.
|
||||
- fix broken detection of null cipher in LUKS2.
|
||||
cipher_null is no longer possible to be used in keyslot encryption
|
||||
in LUKS2, it can be used only for data for debugging purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes for libpasswdqc 2.0.x (optional passphrase quality check).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes for problems discovered by various tools for code analysis.
|
||||
|
||||
Fixes include a rework of libpopt command line option string leaks.
|
||||
|
||||
* Various fixes to man pages.
|
56
docs/v2.3.6-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
56
docs/v2.3.6-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.3.6 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.x and later should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.3.5
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* integritysetup: Fix possible dm-integrity mapping table truncation.
|
||||
|
||||
While integritysetup in standalone mode (no encryption) was not
|
||||
designed to provide keyed (and cryptographically strong) data
|
||||
integrity protection, some options can use such algorithms (HMAC).
|
||||
|
||||
If a key is used, it is directly sent to the kernel dm-integrity as
|
||||
a mapping table option (no key derivation is performed).
|
||||
For HMAC, such a key could be quite long (up to 4096 bytes in
|
||||
integritysetup CLI).
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, due to fixed buffers and not correctly checking string
|
||||
truncation, some parameter combinations could cause truncation
|
||||
of the dm-integrity mapping table.
|
||||
In most cases, the table was rejected by the kernel.
|
||||
The worst possible case was key truncation for HMAC options
|
||||
(internal_hash and journal_mac dm-integrity table options).
|
||||
|
||||
This release fixes possible truncation and also adds more sanity
|
||||
checks to reject truncated options.
|
||||
Also, integritysetup now mentions maximal allowed key size
|
||||
in --help output.
|
||||
|
||||
For old standalone dm-integrity devices where the key length was
|
||||
truncated, you have to modify (shorten) --integrity-key-size
|
||||
resp. --journal-integrity-key-size option now.
|
||||
|
||||
This bug is _not_ present for dm-crypt/LUKS, LUKS2 (including
|
||||
integrity protection), or dm-verity devices; it affects only
|
||||
standalone dm-integrity with HMAC integrity protection.
|
||||
|
||||
* cryptsetup: Backup header can be used to activate TCRYPT device.
|
||||
Use --header option to specify the header.
|
||||
|
||||
* cryptsetup: Avoid LUKS2 decryption without detached header.
|
||||
This feature will be added later and is currently not supported.
|
||||
|
||||
* Additional fixes and workarounds for common warnings produced
|
||||
by some static analysis tools (like gcc-11 analyzer) and additional
|
||||
code hardening.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix standalone libintl detection for compiled tests.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add Blake2b and Blake2s hash support for crypto backends.
|
||||
Kernel and gcrypt crypto backend support all variants.
|
||||
OpenSSL supports only Blake2b-512 and Blake2s-256.
|
||||
Crypto backend supports kernel notation e.g. "blake2b-512".
|
302
docs/v2.4.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
302
docs/v2.4.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.4.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
This version introduces support for external libraries
|
||||
(plugins) for handling LUKS2 token objects.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.3.6
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* External LUKS token plugins
|
||||
|
||||
A LUKS2 token is an object that can describe how to get a passphrase
|
||||
to unlock a particular keyslot. The generic metadata format is part
|
||||
of the LUKS2 specification.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup 2.4 adds the possibility to implement token handlers
|
||||
in external libraries (possibly provided by other projects).
|
||||
|
||||
A token library allows cryptsetup to understand metadata and provide
|
||||
basic operations. Currently external tokens may be used to unlock
|
||||
keyslots for following CLI actions: open (luksOpen),
|
||||
refresh (open --refresh), resize and dump (prints token specific
|
||||
content).
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 devices cannot be resumed (luksResume action) via tokens yet.
|
||||
Support for resume and other actions will be added later.
|
||||
|
||||
The library now provides an interface that automatically tries to load
|
||||
an external library for a token object in LUKS2 metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
Token libraries should be installed in the cryptsetup subdirectory
|
||||
(usually /lib*/cryptsetup). This path is configurable through
|
||||
--with-luks2-external-tokens-path configure option.
|
||||
|
||||
The external plugin loading can be compiled entirely out if
|
||||
--disable-external-tokens configure option is used. The external token
|
||||
interface can also be disabled runtime on the command line by
|
||||
--disable-external-tokens cryptsetup switch or by calling
|
||||
crypt_token_external_disable() API function.
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the loaded token library is determined from the JSON LUKS
|
||||
metadata token object type. For example, "ssh" token will load library
|
||||
"libcryptsetup-token-ssh.so".
|
||||
|
||||
External projects can use this interface to handle specific hardware
|
||||
without introducing additional dependencies to libcryptsetup core.
|
||||
|
||||
As of cryptsetup 2.4.0 release systemd project already merged upstream
|
||||
native cryptsetup token handler for its systemd-tpm2 LUKS2 token
|
||||
released originally in systemd-v248. The token can be created using
|
||||
systemd-cryptenroll utility and devices may be manipulated either by
|
||||
systemd-cryptsetup cli or by cryptsetup for actions listed above.
|
||||
|
||||
Other tokens like systemd-fido2 and systemd-pkcs11 are currently
|
||||
in-review.
|
||||
|
||||
* Experimental SSH token
|
||||
|
||||
As a demonstration of the external LUKS2 token interface, a new SSH
|
||||
token handler and cryptsetup-ssh utility is now provided and compiled
|
||||
by default.
|
||||
|
||||
Crypsetup SSH token allows using remote keyfile through SSH protocol
|
||||
(it will authenticate through SSH certificates).
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable the build of this token library with
|
||||
--disable-ssh-token configure option.
|
||||
|
||||
To configure the token metadata, you need cryptsetup-ssh utility.
|
||||
|
||||
Activation of the device is then performed by the cryptsetup utility.
|
||||
|
||||
Example (how to activate LUKS2 through remote keyfile):
|
||||
|
||||
- configure existing LUKS2 device with keyslot activated by a keyfile
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksAddKey <device> keyfile --key-slot 2
|
||||
|
||||
- store that keyfile on a remote system accessible through SSH
|
||||
|
||||
- configure SSH to use certificate for authentication
|
||||
|
||||
- add a LUKS2 token with cryptsetup-ssh utility:
|
||||
# cryptsetup-ssh add <device>1 --key-slot 2 \
|
||||
--ssh-server test-vm \
|
||||
--ssh-user test \
|
||||
--ssh-path /home/test/keyfile \
|
||||
--ssh-keypath /home/test/.ssh/test_rsa_key
|
||||
|
||||
- you should see token metadata now with "cryptsetup luksDump ..."
|
||||
...
|
||||
Tokens:
|
||||
0: ssh
|
||||
ssh_server: test-vm
|
||||
ssh_user: test
|
||||
ssh_path: /home/test/keyfile
|
||||
ssh_key_path: /home/test/.ssh/test_rsa_key
|
||||
Keyslot: 2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- activation now should be automatic
|
||||
# cryptsetup open <device> test --verbose
|
||||
SSH token initiating ssh session.
|
||||
Key slot 2 unlocked.
|
||||
Command successful.
|
||||
|
||||
- to remove a token, you can use "cryptsetup token remove" command
|
||||
(no plugin library required)
|
||||
|
||||
Please note SSH token is just demonstration of plugin interface API,
|
||||
it is an EXPERIMENTAL feature.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add cryptsetup --token-type parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
It restricts token type to the parameter value in case no specific
|
||||
token-id is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support for token based activation with PIN.
|
||||
|
||||
If specific token requires PIN to unlock keyslot passphrase and
|
||||
--token-only parameter was used cryptsetup asks for additional
|
||||
token PIN.
|
||||
|
||||
* Respect keyslot priority with token-based activation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Default LUKS2 PBKDF is now Argon2id
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup LUKS2 was using Argon2 while there were two versions,
|
||||
data-independent (Argon2i) suitable for the KDF use case and
|
||||
Argon2d (data-dependent). Later Argon2id was introduced as a new
|
||||
mandatory algorithm.
|
||||
|
||||
We switched the password-based key derivation algorithms
|
||||
following the latest version of Argon2 RFC draft
|
||||
(https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-irtf-cfrg-argon2/) to Argon2id
|
||||
(from Argon2i) as it is the mandatory and primary version
|
||||
of the Argon2 algorithm.
|
||||
|
||||
There is no need to modify older containers; the main reason is that
|
||||
RFC makes Argon2id the primary variant, while Argon2i subvariant is
|
||||
only optional.
|
||||
Argon2id provides better protection to side-channel attacks while
|
||||
still providing protection to time-memory tradeoffs.
|
||||
|
||||
We will switch to OpenSSL implementation once it is available.
|
||||
With a crystal ball as a reference, it could happen early in
|
||||
OpenSSL 3.1 release.
|
||||
Watch https://github.com/openssl/openssl/issues/4091.
|
||||
|
||||
* Increase minimal memory cost for Argon2 benchmark to 64MiB.
|
||||
|
||||
This patch increases the benchmarking value to 64 MiB (as minimal
|
||||
suggested values in Argon2 RFC). For compatibility reasons, we still
|
||||
allow older limits if set by a parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Argon2 RFC draft defines suggested parameters for disk
|
||||
encryption, but the LUKS2 approach is slightly different. We need to
|
||||
provide platform-independent values. The values in the draft expect
|
||||
64bit systems (suggesting using 6 GiB of RAM). In comparison, we need
|
||||
to provide compatibility with all 32bit systems, so allocating more
|
||||
than 4GiB memory is not an option for LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
The maximal limit in LUKS2 stays for 4 GiB, and by default LUKS2 PBKDF
|
||||
benchmarking sets maximum to 1 GIB, preferring an increase of CPU cost
|
||||
while running benchmark
|
||||
|
||||
* Autodetect optimal encryption sector size on LUKS2 format.
|
||||
|
||||
While the support for larger encryption sectors is supported
|
||||
for several releases, it required an additional parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
Code now uses automatic detection of 4096-bytes native sector devices
|
||||
and automatically enables 4096-bytes encryption size for LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
If no setor size option is used, sector size is detected
|
||||
automatically by cryptsetup. For libcryptsetup API, autodetection
|
||||
happens once you specify sector_size to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: crypt_format() function runs autodetection ONLY if you
|
||||
recompile your application to the new API symbol version.
|
||||
For backward compatibility, older applications ignore this parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use VeraCrypt option by default and add --disable-veracrypt option.
|
||||
|
||||
While TrueCrypt is no longer developed and supported since 2014,
|
||||
VeraCrypt devices (a successor of TrueCrypt) are much more used today.
|
||||
|
||||
Default is now to support VeraCrypt format (in addition to TrueCrypt),
|
||||
making the --veracrypt option obsolete (ignored as it is the default).
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to disable VeraCrypt support, use the new option
|
||||
--disable-veracrypt.
|
||||
|
||||
This option increases the time to recognize wrong passwords because
|
||||
some VeraCrypt modes use a high PBKDF2 iteration count, and the code
|
||||
must try all variants. This could be limited by using --hash and
|
||||
--cipher options mentioned below.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support --hash and --cipher to limit opening time for TCRYPT type
|
||||
|
||||
If a user knows which particular PBKDF2 hash or cipher is used for
|
||||
TrueCrypt/VeraCrypt container, TCRYPT format now supports --hash and
|
||||
--cipher option.
|
||||
|
||||
Note the value means substring (all cipher chains containing
|
||||
the cipher substring are tried).
|
||||
|
||||
For example, you can use
|
||||
# cryptsetup tcryptDump --hash sha512 <container>
|
||||
|
||||
Note: to speed up the scan, the hash option (used for PBKDF)2 matters.
|
||||
Cipher variants are scanned very quickly.
|
||||
|
||||
Use with care.
|
||||
It can reveal some sensitive attributes of the container!
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed default OpenSSL crypt backend support for OpenSSL3.
|
||||
|
||||
For OpenSSL version 3, we need to load legacy provider for older hash
|
||||
and ciphers. For example, RIPEMD160 and Whirlpool hash algorithms are
|
||||
no longer available by default.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: the plain format still uses RIPEMD160 for password hashing by
|
||||
default. Changing the default would cause incompatibilities for many
|
||||
old systems. Nevertheless, such a change will be needed very soon.
|
||||
|
||||
* integritysetup: add integrity-recalculate-reset flag.
|
||||
|
||||
The new dm-integrity option in kernel 5.13 can restart recalculation
|
||||
from the beginning of the device.
|
||||
It can be used to change the integrity checksum function.
|
||||
|
||||
New integritysetup --integrity-recalculate-reset option is added to
|
||||
integritysetup, and CRYPT_ACTIVATE_RECALCULATE_RESET flag to API.
|
||||
|
||||
* cryptsetup: retains keyslot number in luksChangeKey for LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
In LUKS1, any change in keyslot means keyslot number change.
|
||||
|
||||
In LUKS2, we can retain the keyslot number.
|
||||
Now luksKeyChange and crypt_keyslot_change_by_passphrase() API
|
||||
retains keyslot number for LUKS2 by default.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup resize using LUKS2 tokens.
|
||||
|
||||
Fix a bug where cryptsetup needlessly asked for a passphrase even
|
||||
though the volume key was already unlocked via LUKS2 token.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add close --deferred and --cancel-deferred options.
|
||||
|
||||
All command-line utilities now understand deferred options for the
|
||||
close command. Deferred close means that the device is removed
|
||||
automagically after the last user closed the device.
|
||||
Cancel deferred means to cancel this operation (so the device remains
|
||||
active even if there a no longer active users).
|
||||
|
||||
CRYPT_DEACTIVATE_DEFERRED and CRYPT_DEACTIVATE_DEFERRED_CANCEL flags
|
||||
are now available for API.
|
||||
|
||||
* Rewritten command-line option parsing to avoid libpopt arguments
|
||||
memory leaks.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: some distributions use patched lipopt that still leaks memory
|
||||
inside internal code (see Debian bug 941814).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --test-args option.
|
||||
|
||||
New --test-args option can be used for syntax checking for valid
|
||||
command-line arguments with no actions performed.
|
||||
Note that it cannot detect unknown algorithm names and similar where
|
||||
we need call API functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: add --root-hash-file option
|
||||
Allow passing the root hash via a file, rather than verbatim on
|
||||
the command line, for the open, verify, and format actions.
|
||||
|
||||
* libcryptsetup C API extensions (see libcryptsetup.h for details)
|
||||
|
||||
- crypt_logf - a printf like log function
|
||||
- crypt_dump_json - dump LUKS2 metadata in JSON format
|
||||
- crypt_header_is_detached - check if context use detached header
|
||||
- crypt_token_max - get maximal tokens number
|
||||
- crypt_token_external_path - get path for plugins (or NULL)
|
||||
- crypt_token_external_disable - disable runtime support for plugins
|
||||
- crypt_activate_by_token_pin - activate by token with additional PIN
|
||||
- crypt_reencrypt_run - fixed API for deprecated crypt_reencrypt
|
||||
|
||||
The token plugin library interface cosists from these versioned
|
||||
exported symbols (for details see header file and SSH token example):
|
||||
cryptsetup_token_open
|
||||
cryptsetup_token_open_pin
|
||||
cryptsetup_token_buffer_free
|
||||
cryptsetup_token_validate
|
||||
cryptsetup_token_dump
|
||||
cryptsetup_token_version
|
||||
|
||||
Since version 2.4 libcryptsetup uses exact symbol versioning
|
||||
Newly introduced functions have CRYPTSETUP_2.4 namespace (the old
|
||||
symbol always used CRYPTSETUP_2.0).
|
||||
There is no change in soname (the library is backward compatible).
|
||||
|
||||
* Many fixes and additions to documentation and man pages.
|
47
docs/v2.4.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
47
docs/v2.4.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.4.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.4.0 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.4.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix compilation for libc implementations without dlvsym().
|
||||
|
||||
Some alternative libc implementations (like musl) do not provide
|
||||
versioned symbols dlvsym function. Code now fallbacks to dlsym
|
||||
operation for dynamic LUKS2 token load.
|
||||
It is up to maintainers to ensure that LUKS2 token plugins are
|
||||
compiled for the supported version.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix compilation and tests on systems with non-standard libraries
|
||||
(standalone argp library, external gettext library, BusyBox
|
||||
implementations of standard tools).
|
||||
|
||||
* Try to workaround some issues on systems without udev support.
|
||||
NOTE: non-udev systems cannot provide all functionality for kernel
|
||||
device-mapper, and some operations can fail.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes for OpenSSL3 crypto backend (including FIPS mode).
|
||||
Because cryptsetup still requires some hash functions implemented
|
||||
in OpenSSL3 legacy provider, crypto backend now uses its library
|
||||
context and tries to load both default and legacy OpenSSL3 providers.
|
||||
|
||||
If FIPS mode is detected, no library context is used, and it is up
|
||||
to the OpenSSL system-wide policy to load proper providers.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: We still use some deprecated API in the OpenSSL3 backend,
|
||||
and there are some known problems in OpenSSL 3.0.0.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print error message when assigning a token to an inactive keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix offset bug in LUKS2 encryption code if --offset option was used.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow LUKS2 decryption for devices with data offset.
|
||||
Such devices cannot be used after decryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix LUKS1 cryptsetup repair command for some specific problems.
|
||||
Repair code can now fix wrongly used initialization vector
|
||||
specification in ECB mode (that is insecure anyway!) and repair
|
||||
the upper-case hash specification in the LUKS1 header.
|
37
docs/v2.4.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
37
docs/v2.4.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.4.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.4.1 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.4.1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix possible large memory allocation if LUKS2 header size is invalid.
|
||||
LUKS2 code read the full header to buffer to verify the checksum.
|
||||
The maximal supported header size now limits the memory allocation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix memory corruption in debug message printing LUKS2 checksum.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: remove link to the UUID library for the static build.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove link to pwquality library for integritysetup and veritysetup.
|
||||
These tools do not read passphrases.
|
||||
|
||||
* OpenSSL3 backend: avoid remaining deprecated calls in API.
|
||||
Crypto backend no longer use API deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Check if kernel device-mapper create device failed in an early phase.
|
||||
This happens when a concurrent creation of device-mapper devices
|
||||
meets in the very early state.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not set compiler optimization flag for Argon2 KDF if the memory
|
||||
wipe is implemented in libc.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not attempt to unload LUKS2 tokens if external tokens are disabled.
|
||||
This allows building a static binary with --disable-external-tokens.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS convert: also check sysfs for device activity.
|
||||
If udev symlink is missing, code fallbacks to sysfs scan to prevent
|
||||
data corruption for the active device.
|
101
docs/v2.4.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
101
docs/v2.4.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.4.3 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable security bug-fix release that fixes CVE-2021-4122.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.4.x must upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.4.2
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix possible attacks against data confidentiality through LUKS2 online
|
||||
reencryption extension crash recovery (CVE-2021-4122).
|
||||
|
||||
An attacker can modify on-disk metadata to simulate decryption in
|
||||
progress with crashed (unfinished) reencryption step and persistently
|
||||
decrypt part of the LUKS device.
|
||||
|
||||
This attack requires repeated physical access to the LUKS device but
|
||||
no knowledge of user passphrases.
|
||||
|
||||
The decryption step is performed after a valid user activates
|
||||
the device with a correct passphrase and modified metadata.
|
||||
There are no visible warnings for the user that such recovery happened
|
||||
(except using the luksDump command). The attack can also be reversed
|
||||
afterward (simulating crashed encryption from a plaintext) with
|
||||
possible modification of revealed plaintext.
|
||||
|
||||
The size of possible decrypted data depends on configured LUKS2 header
|
||||
size (metadata size is configurable for LUKS2).
|
||||
With the default parameters (16 MiB LUKS2 header) and only one
|
||||
allocated keyslot (512 bit key for AES-XTS), simulated decryption with
|
||||
checksum resilience SHA1 (20 bytes checksum for 4096-byte blocks),
|
||||
the maximal decrypted size can be over 3GiB.
|
||||
|
||||
The attack is not applicable to LUKS1 format, but the attacker can
|
||||
update metadata in place to LUKS2 format as an additional step.
|
||||
For such a converted LUKS2 header, the keyslot area is limited to
|
||||
decrypted size (with SHA1 checksums) over 300 MiB.
|
||||
|
||||
The issue is present in all cryptsetup releases since 2.2.0.
|
||||
Versions 1.x, 2.0.x, and 2.1.x are not affected, as these do not
|
||||
contain LUKS2 reencryption extension.
|
||||
|
||||
The problem was caused by reusing a mechanism designed for actual
|
||||
reencryption operation without reassessing the security impact for new
|
||||
encryption and decryption operations. While the reencryption requires
|
||||
calculating and verifying both key digests, no digest was needed to
|
||||
initiate decryption recovery if the destination is plaintext (no
|
||||
encryption key). Also, some metadata (like encryption cipher) is not
|
||||
protected, and an attacker could change it. Note that LUKS2 protects
|
||||
visible metadata only when a random change occurs. It does not protect
|
||||
against intentional modification but such modification must not cause
|
||||
a violation of data confidentiality.
|
||||
|
||||
The fix introduces additional digest protection of reencryption
|
||||
metadata. The digest is calculated from known keys and critical
|
||||
reencryption metadata. Now an attacker cannot create correct metadata
|
||||
digest without knowledge of a passphrase for used keyslots.
|
||||
For more details, see LUKS2 On-Disk Format Specification version 1.1.0.
|
||||
|
||||
The former reencryption operation (without the additional digest) is no
|
||||
longer supported (reencryption with the digest is not backward
|
||||
compatible). You need to finish in-progress reencryption before
|
||||
updating to new packages. The alternative approach is to perform
|
||||
a repair command from the updated package to recalculate reencryption
|
||||
digest and fix metadata.
|
||||
The reencryption repair operation always require a user passphrase.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: Devices with older reencryption in progress can be no longer
|
||||
activated without performing the action mentioned above.
|
||||
|
||||
Encryption in progress can be detected by running the luksDump command
|
||||
(output includes reencrypt keyslot with reencryption parameters). Also,
|
||||
during the active reencryption, no keyslot operations are available
|
||||
(change of passphrases, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
The issue was found by Milan Broz as cryptsetup maintainer.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Add configure option --disable-luks2-reencryption to completely disable
|
||||
LUKS2 reencryption code.
|
||||
|
||||
When used, the libcryptsetup library can read metadata with
|
||||
reencryption code, but all reencryption API calls and cryptsetup
|
||||
reencrypt commands are disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Devices with online reencryption in progress cannot be activated.
|
||||
This option can cause some incompatibilities. Please use with care.
|
||||
|
||||
* Improve internal metadata validation code for reencryption metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add updated documentation for LUKS2 On-Disk Format Specification
|
||||
version 1.1.0 (with reencryption extension description and updated
|
||||
metadata description). See docs/on-disk-format-luks2.pdf or online
|
||||
version in https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/LUKS2-docs repository.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix support for bitlk (BitLocker compatible) startup key with new
|
||||
metadata entry introduced in Windows 11.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix space restriction for LUKS2 reencryption with data shift.
|
||||
The code required more space than was needed.
|
291
docs/v2.5.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
291
docs/v2.5.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.5.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.4.3
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Split manual pages into per-action pages and use AsciiDoc format.
|
||||
|
||||
Manual pages are now generated from AsciiDoc format, allowing easy
|
||||
conditional modifications for per-action options.
|
||||
|
||||
Generation of man pages requires the asciidoctor tool installed.
|
||||
|
||||
Pre-generated man pages are also included in the distribution tarball.
|
||||
You can use --disable-asciidoc configure option to skip man page
|
||||
generation completely. In this case, pre-generated man pages will be
|
||||
used for installation.
|
||||
|
||||
For cryptsetup, there is main man page (cryptsetup.8) that references
|
||||
separate man pages for each command (for example, cryptsetup-open.8).
|
||||
You can open such a man page by simply running "man cryptsetup open".
|
||||
Also, man pages for action aliases are available (cryptsetup-luksOpen.8
|
||||
is an alias for cryptsetup-open.8, etc.)
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS volume reencryption changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove cryptsetup-reencrypt tool from the project and move reencryption
|
||||
to already existing "cryptsetup reencrypt" command.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup reencrypt now handles both LUKS1 and LUKS2 reencryption,
|
||||
encryption, and decryption.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to emulate the old cryptsetup-reencrypt binary, use simple
|
||||
wrappers script running "exec cryptsetup reencrypt $@".
|
||||
|
||||
All command line options should be compatible. An exception is the
|
||||
reencryption of LUKS2 volumes with old LUKS1 reencryption code that was
|
||||
replaced by native and more resilient LUKS2 reencryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS2: implement --decryption option that allows LUKS removal. The
|
||||
operation can run online or offline and supports the data shift option.
|
||||
|
||||
During the initialization, the LUKS2 header is exported to a file.
|
||||
The first data segment is moved to the head of the data device in place
|
||||
of the original header.
|
||||
|
||||
The feature internally introduces several new resilience modes
|
||||
(combination of existing modes datashift and "checksum" or "journal").
|
||||
Datashift resilience mode is applied for data moved towards the first
|
||||
segment, and the first segment is then decrypted in place.
|
||||
|
||||
This decryption mode is not backward compatible with prior LUKS2
|
||||
reencryption. Interrupted operations in progress cannot be resumed
|
||||
using older cryptsetup releases.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reencryption metadata options that are not compatible with recent code
|
||||
(features implemented in more recent releases) are now only read, but
|
||||
code will not activate or modify such metadata.
|
||||
Reencryption metadata contains a version that is validated when
|
||||
reencryption is resumed.
|
||||
For more info, see the updated LUKS2 on-disk format specification.
|
||||
|
||||
Safe operation of reencryption is to always finish the operation with
|
||||
only one version of the tools.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix decryption operation with --active-name option and restrict
|
||||
it to be used only with LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not refresh reencryption digest when not needed.
|
||||
This should speed up the reencryption resume process.
|
||||
|
||||
* Store proper resilience data in LUKS2 reencrypt initialization.
|
||||
Resuming reencryption now does not require specification of resilience
|
||||
type parameters if these are the same as during initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly wipe the unused area after reencryption with datashift in
|
||||
the forward direction.
|
||||
|
||||
* Check datashift value against larger sector size.
|
||||
For example, it could cause an issue if misaligned 4K sector appears
|
||||
during decryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow sector size increase reencryption in offline mode.
|
||||
The eventual logical block size increase on the dm-crypt device above
|
||||
may lead to an unusable filesystem. Do not allow offline reencryption
|
||||
when sector size increase is requested.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use --force-offline-reencrypt option to override this check
|
||||
(and potentially destroy the data).
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow dangerous sector size change during reencryption.
|
||||
By changing the encryption sector size during reencryption, a user
|
||||
may increase the effective logical block size for the dm-crypt active
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
Do not allow encryption sector size to be increased over the value
|
||||
provided by fs superblock in BLOCK_SIZE property.
|
||||
|
||||
* Ask the user for confirmation before resuming reencryption.
|
||||
The prompt is not shown in batch mode or when the user explicitly asks
|
||||
for a reencryption resume via --resume-only.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not resume reencryption with conflicting parameters.
|
||||
For example, if the operation was initialized as --encrypt, do not
|
||||
allow resume with opposing parameter --decrypt and vice versa.
|
||||
Also, the code now checks for conflicting resilience parameters
|
||||
(datashift cannot be changed after initialization).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --force-offline-reencrypt option.
|
||||
It can be used to enforce offline reencryption in batch mode when
|
||||
the device is a regular file; therefore, cryptsetup cannot detect
|
||||
properly active devices using it.
|
||||
Also, it may be useful to override the active device auto-detection
|
||||
for specific storage configurations (dangerous!).
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow nested encryption in LUKS reencrypt.
|
||||
Avoid accidental nested encryption via cryptsetup reencrypt --encrypt.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix --test-passphrase when the device is in reencryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not upload keys in keyring during offline reencryption.
|
||||
Reencryption runs in userspace, so the kernel does not need the key.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support all options allowed with luksFormat with encrypt action.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add prompt if LUKS2 decryption is run with a detached header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add warning for reencryption of file image and mention
|
||||
the possible use of --force-offline-reencrypt option.
|
||||
|
||||
Other changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Add resize action to integritysetup.
|
||||
This allows resizing of standalone integrity devices.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support --device-size option (that allows unit specification) for plain
|
||||
devices (existing --size option requires 512-byte sectors units).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix detection of encryption sector size if a detached header is used.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remove obsolete dracut plugin reencryption example.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix possible keyslot area size overflow during conversion to LUKS2.
|
||||
If keyslots are not sorted according to binary area offset, the area
|
||||
size calculation was wrong and could overflow.
|
||||
|
||||
* Hardening and fixes to LUKS2 validation functions:
|
||||
|
||||
* Log a visible error if convert fails due to validation check.
|
||||
|
||||
* Check for interval (keyslot and segment area) overflow.
|
||||
|
||||
* Check cipher availability before LUKS conversion to LUKS2.
|
||||
Some historic incompatibilities are ignored for LUKS1 but do not
|
||||
work for LUKS2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add empty string check to LUKS2 metadata JSON validation.
|
||||
Most of the LUKS2 fields cannot be empty.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix JSON objects validation to check JSON object type properly.
|
||||
|
||||
* TCRYPT: Properly apply retry count and continue if some PBKDF variant
|
||||
is unavailable.
|
||||
|
||||
* BITLK: Add a warning when activating a device with the wrong size
|
||||
stored in metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
* BITLK: Add BitLocker volume size to dump command.
|
||||
|
||||
* BITLK: Fix possible UTF16 buffer overflow in volume key dump.
|
||||
|
||||
* BITLK: Skip question if the batch mode is set for volume key dump.
|
||||
|
||||
* BITLK: Check dm-zero availability in the kernel.
|
||||
Bitlocker compatible mode uses dm-zero to mask metadata area.
|
||||
The device cannot be activated if dm-zero is not available.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix error message for LUKS2-only cryptsetup commands to explicitly
|
||||
state LUKS2 version is required.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix error message for incompatible dm-integrity metadata.
|
||||
If the integritysetup tool is too old, kernel dm-integrity may use
|
||||
a more recent version of dm-integrity metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly deactivate the integrity device even if the LUKS2 header
|
||||
is no longer available.
|
||||
If LUKS2 is used with integrity protection, there is always
|
||||
a dm-integrity device underneath that must be deactivated.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow use of --header option for cryptsetup close.
|
||||
This can be used to check that the activated device has the same UUID.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix activation of LUKS2 device with integrity and detached header.
|
||||
The kernel-parsed dm-integrity superblock is always located on the
|
||||
data device, the incorrectly used detached header device here.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add ZEROOUT IOCTL support for crypt_wipe API call.
|
||||
For block devices, we can use optimized in-kernel BLKZEROOUT ioctl.
|
||||
|
||||
* VERITY: set loopback sector size according to dm-verity block sizes.
|
||||
Verity block size has the same limits, so we can optimize the loop
|
||||
device to increase performance.
|
||||
|
||||
* Other Documentation and man page improvements:
|
||||
|
||||
* Update LUKS2 on-disk format description.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add per-keyslot LUKS2 options to the man page.
|
||||
Some options were missing for LUKS2 luksAddKey and luksChangeKey.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix cryptsetup manpage to use PBKDF consistently.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add compile info to README. This information was lost when we removed
|
||||
the default automake INSTALL file.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use volume key consistently in FAQ and man pages.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use markdown version of FAQ directly for installation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Clarify graceful reencryption interruption.
|
||||
Currently, it can be interrupted by both SIGINT and SIGTERM signals.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add new mailing list info.
|
||||
|
||||
* Mention non-cryptographic xxhash64 hash for integrity protection.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: dump device sizes.
|
||||
Calculating device sizes for verity devices is a little bit tricky.
|
||||
Data, hash, and FEC can share devices or be separate devices.
|
||||
Now dump command prints used device sizes, but it requires that
|
||||
the user specifies all values that are not stored in superblock
|
||||
(like FEC device and FEC roots).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix check for argp_usage in configure if argp-standalone lib is used.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add constant time memcmp and hexa print implementation and use it for
|
||||
cryptographic keys handling.
|
||||
|
||||
* Display progress when wiping the end of the resized device.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS2 token: prefer token PIN query before passphrase in some cases.
|
||||
When a user provides --token-type or specific --token-id, a token PIN
|
||||
query is preferred to a passphrase query.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS2 token: allow tokens to be replaced with --token-replace option
|
||||
for cryptsetup token command.
|
||||
|
||||
* LUKS2 token: do not continue operation when interrupted in PIN prompt.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --progress-json parameter to utilities.
|
||||
Progress data can now be printed out in JSON format suitable for
|
||||
machine processing.
|
||||
|
||||
* Embedded Argon2 PBKDF: optimize and simplify thread exit.
|
||||
|
||||
* Avoid using SHA1 in tests and fix new enforcements introduced in FIPS
|
||||
provider for OpenSSL3 (like minimal parameters for PBKDF2).
|
||||
|
||||
* Use custom UTF conversion and avoid linking to iconv as a dependency.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reimplement BASE64 with simplified code instead of coreutils version.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix regression when warning messages were not displayed
|
||||
if some kernel feature is not supported (2.4.2).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for --key-slot option in luksResume action.
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API extensions and changes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly define uint32_t constants in API.
|
||||
This is not a real change, but it avoids strict compiler warnings.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_resume_by_token_pin() - Resume crypt device using LUKS2 token.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_get_label() - Get the label of the LUKS2 device.
|
||||
|
||||
* crypt_get_subsystem() - Get the subsystem label of the LUKS2 device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Make CRYPT_WIPE_ENCRYPTED_ZERO crypt_wipe() option obsolete.
|
||||
It was never implemented (the idea was to speed up wipe), but with
|
||||
the recent RNG performance changes, it makes no longer sense.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add struct crypt_params_reencrypt changes related to decryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Improve crypt_reencrypt_status() return values.
|
||||
Empty or any non-LUKS types now returns CRYPT_REENCRYPT_INVALID status.
|
||||
For LUKS1 devices, it returns CRYPT_REENCRYPT_NONE.
|
236
docs/v2.6.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
236
docs/v2.6.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.6.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.5.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduce support for handling macOS FileVault2 devices (FVAULT2).
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup now supports the mapping of FileVault2 full-disk encryption
|
||||
by Apple for the macOS operating system using a native Linux kernel.
|
||||
You can open an existing USB FileVault portable device and (with
|
||||
the hfsplus filesystem driver) access the native data read/write.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup supports only (legacy) FileVault2 based on Core Storage
|
||||
and HFS+ filesystem (introduced in MacOS X 10.7 Lion).
|
||||
It does NOT support the new version of FileVault based on the APFS
|
||||
filesystem used in recent macOS versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Header formatting and changes are not supported; cryptsetup never
|
||||
changes the metadata on the device.
|
||||
|
||||
FVAULT2 extension requires kernel userspace crypto API and kernel
|
||||
driver for HFS+ (hfsplus) filesystem (available on most systems today).
|
||||
|
||||
Example of using FileVault2 formatted USB device:
|
||||
|
||||
A typical encrypted device contains three partitions; the FileVault
|
||||
encrypted partition is here sda2:
|
||||
|
||||
$ lsblk -o NAME,FSTYPE,LABEL /dev/sda
|
||||
NAME FSTYPE LABEL
|
||||
sda
|
||||
|-sda1 vfat EFI
|
||||
|-sda2
|
||||
`-sda3 hfsplus Boot OS X
|
||||
|
||||
Note: blkid does not recognize FileVault2 format yet.
|
||||
|
||||
To dump metadata information about the device, you can use
|
||||
the fvault2Dump command:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cryptsetup fvault2Dump /dev/sda2
|
||||
Header information for FVAULT2 device /dev/sda2.
|
||||
Physical volume UUID: 6f353c05-daae-4e76-a0ee-6a9569a22d81
|
||||
Family UUID: f82cceb0-a788-4815-945a-53d57fcd55a8
|
||||
Logical volume offset: 67108864 [bytes]
|
||||
Logical volume size: 3288334336 [bytes]
|
||||
Cipher: aes
|
||||
Cipher mode: xts-plain64
|
||||
PBKDF2 iterations: 97962
|
||||
PBKDF2 salt: 173a4ec7447662ec79ca7a47df6c2a01
|
||||
|
||||
To activate the device, use open --type fvault2 option:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cryptsetup open --type fvault2 /dev/sda2 test
|
||||
Enter passphrase for /dev/sda2: ...
|
||||
|
||||
And check the status of the active device:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cryptsetup status test
|
||||
/dev/mapper/test is active.
|
||||
type: FVAULT2
|
||||
cipher: aes-xts-plain64
|
||||
keysize: 256 bits
|
||||
key location: dm-crypt
|
||||
device: /dev/sda2
|
||||
sector size: 512
|
||||
offset: 131072 sectors
|
||||
size: 6422528 sectors
|
||||
mode: read/write
|
||||
|
||||
Now, if the kernel contains hfsplus filesystem driver, you can mount
|
||||
decrypted content:
|
||||
|
||||
$ mount /dev/mapper/test /mnt/test
|
||||
|
||||
For more info about implementation, please refer to the master thesis
|
||||
by Pavel Tobias, which was the source for this extension.
|
||||
https://is.muni.cz/th/p0aok/?lang=en
|
||||
|
||||
* libcryptsetup: no longer use global memory locking through mlockall()
|
||||
|
||||
For many years, libcryptsetup locked all memory (including dependent
|
||||
library address space) to prevent swapping sensitive content outside
|
||||
of RAM.
|
||||
|
||||
This strategy no longer works as the locking of basic libraries exceeds
|
||||
the memory locking limit if running as a non-root user.
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup now locks only memory ranges containing sensitive
|
||||
material (keys) through crypt_safe_alloc() calls.
|
||||
|
||||
This change solves many reported mysterious problems of unexpected
|
||||
failures. If the initial lock was still under the limit and succeeded,
|
||||
some following memory allocation could fail later as it exceeded
|
||||
the locking limit. If the initial locking fails, memory locking
|
||||
was quietly ignored completely.
|
||||
|
||||
The whole crypt_memory_lock() API call is deprecated; it no longer
|
||||
calls memlockall().
|
||||
|
||||
* libcryptsetup: process priority is increased only for key derivation
|
||||
(PBKDF) calls.
|
||||
|
||||
Increasing priority was tight to memory locking and works only if
|
||||
running under superuser.
|
||||
Only PBKDF calls and benchmarking now increase the process priority.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add new LUKS keyslot context handling functions and API.
|
||||
|
||||
In practice, the luksAddKey action does two operations.
|
||||
It unlocks the existing device volume key and stores the unlocked
|
||||
volume key in a new keyslot.
|
||||
Previously the options were limited to key files and passphrases.
|
||||
|
||||
Newly available methods (keyslot contexts) are passphrase, keyfile,
|
||||
key (binary representation), and LUKS2 token.
|
||||
|
||||
To unlock a keyslot user may:
|
||||
- provide existing passphrase via interactive prompt (default method)
|
||||
- use --key-file option to provide a file with a valid passphrase
|
||||
- provide volume key directly via --volume-key-file
|
||||
- unlock keyslot via all available LUKS2 tokens by --token-only
|
||||
- unlock keyslot via specific token with --token-id
|
||||
- unlock keyslot via specific token type by --token-type
|
||||
|
||||
To provide the passphrase for a new keyslot, a user may:
|
||||
- provide existing passphrase via interactive prompt (default method)
|
||||
- use --new-keyfile to read the passphrase from the file
|
||||
- use --new-token-id to select LUKS2 token to get passphrase
|
||||
for new keyslot. The new keyslot is assigned to the selected token
|
||||
id if the operation is successful.
|
||||
|
||||
* The volume key may now be extracted using a passphrase, keyfile, or
|
||||
token. For LUKS devices, it also returns the volume key after
|
||||
a successful crypt_format call.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix --disable-luks2-reencryption configuration option.
|
||||
|
||||
* cryptsetup: Print a better error message and warning if the format
|
||||
produces an image without space available for data.
|
||||
|
||||
Activation now fails early with a more descriptive message.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print error if anti-forensic LUKS2 hash setting is not available.
|
||||
If the specified hash was not available, activation quietly failed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix internal crypt segment compare routine if the user
|
||||
specified cipher in kernel format (capi: prefix).
|
||||
|
||||
* cryptsetup: Add token unassign action.
|
||||
|
||||
This action allows removing token binding on specific keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
* veritysetup: add support for --use-tasklets option.
|
||||
|
||||
This option sets try_verify_in_tasklet kernel dm-verity option
|
||||
(available since Linux kernel 6.0) to allow some performance
|
||||
improvement on specific systems.
|
||||
|
||||
* Provide pkgconfig Require.private settings.
|
||||
|
||||
While we do not completely provide static build on udev systems,
|
||||
it helps produce statically linked binaries in certain situations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Always update automake library files if autogen.sh is run.
|
||||
|
||||
For several releases, we distributed older automake scripts by mistake.
|
||||
|
||||
* reencryption: Fix user defined moved segment size in LUKS2 decryption.
|
||||
|
||||
The --hotzone-size argument was ignored in cases where the actual data
|
||||
size was less than the original LUKS2 data offset.
|
||||
|
||||
* Delegate FIPS mode detection to configured crypto backend.
|
||||
System FIPS mode check no longer depends on /etc/system-fips file.
|
||||
|
||||
* tests: externally provided systemd plugin is now optionally compiled
|
||||
from systemd git and tested with cryptsetup
|
||||
|
||||
* tests: initial integration to OSS-fuzz project with basic crypt_load()
|
||||
test for LUKS2 and JSON mutated fuzzing.
|
||||
|
||||
For more info, see README in tests/fuzz directory.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update documentation, including FAQ and man pages.
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API extensions
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The libcryptsetup API is backward compatible with existing symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
New symbols:
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_passphrase
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_keyfile
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_token
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_volume_key
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_get_error
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_set_pin
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_get_type
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_free
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_add_by_keyslot_context
|
||||
crypt_volume_key_get_by_keyslot_context
|
||||
|
||||
New defines:
|
||||
CRYPT_FVAULT2 "FVAULT2" (FileVault2 compatible mode)
|
||||
|
||||
Keyslot context types:
|
||||
CRYPT_KC_TYPE_PASSPHRASE
|
||||
CRYPT_KC_TYPE_KEYFILE
|
||||
CRYPT_KC_TYPE_TOKEN
|
||||
CRYPT_KC_TYPE_KEY
|
||||
|
||||
CRYPT_ACTIVATE_TASKLETS (dm-verity: use tasklets activation flag)
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING!
|
||||
~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The next version of cryptsetup will change the encryption mode and key
|
||||
derivation option for the PLAIN format.
|
||||
|
||||
This change will cause backward incompatibility.
|
||||
For this reason, the user will have to specify the exact parameters
|
||||
for cipher, key size, and key derivation parameters for plain format.
|
||||
|
||||
The default encryption mode will be AES-XTS with 512bit key (AES-256).
|
||||
The CBC mode is no longer considered the best default, as it allows easy
|
||||
bit-flipped ciphertext modification attacks and performance problems.
|
||||
|
||||
For the passphrase hashing in plain mode, the encryption key is directly
|
||||
derived through iterative hashing from a user-provided passphrase
|
||||
(except a keyfile that is not hashed).
|
||||
|
||||
The default hash is RIPEMD160, which is no longer the best default
|
||||
option. The exact change will be yet discussed but should include
|
||||
the possibility of using a password-based key derivation function
|
||||
instead of iterative hashing.
|
50
docs/v2.6.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
50
docs/v2.6.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.6.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.6.0 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.6.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* bitlk: Fixes for BitLocker-compatible on-disk metadata parser
|
||||
(found by new cryptsetup OSS-Fuzz fuzzers).
|
||||
- Fix a possible memory leak if the metadata contains more than
|
||||
one description field.
|
||||
- Harden parsing of metadata entries for key and description entries.
|
||||
- Fix broken metadata parsing that can cause a crash or out of memory.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix possible iteration overflow in OpenSSL2 PBKDF2 crypto backend.
|
||||
OpenSSL2 uses a signed integer for PBKDF2 iteration count.
|
||||
As cryptsetup uses an unsigned value, this can lead to overflow and
|
||||
a decrease in the actual iteration count.
|
||||
This situation can happen only if the user specifies
|
||||
--pbkdf-force-iterations option.
|
||||
OpenSSL3 (and other supported crypto backends) are not affected.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix compilation for new ISO C standards (gcc with -std=c11 and higher).
|
||||
|
||||
* fvault2: Fix compilation with very old uuid.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* verity: Fix possible hash offset setting overflow.
|
||||
|
||||
* bitlk: Fix use of startup BEK key on big-endian platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix compilation with latest musl library.
|
||||
Recent musl no longer implements lseek64() in some configurations.
|
||||
Use lseek() as 64-bit offset is mandatory for cryptsetup.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not initiate encryption (reencryption command) when the header and
|
||||
data devices are the same.
|
||||
If data device reduction is not requsted, this leads to data corruption
|
||||
since LUKS metadata was written over the data device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix possible memory leak if crypt_load() fails.
|
||||
|
||||
* Always use passphrases with a minimal 8 chars length for benchmarking.
|
||||
Some enterprise distributions decided to set an unconditional check
|
||||
for PBKDF2 password length when running in FIPS mode.
|
||||
This questionable change led to unexpected failures during LUKS format
|
||||
and keyslot operations, where short passwords were used for
|
||||
benchmarking PBKDF2 speed.
|
||||
PBKDF2 benchmark calculations should not be affected by this change.
|
437
docs/v2.7.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
437
docs/v2.7.0-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.7.0 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.6.1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Introduce support for hardware OPAL disk encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
Some SATA and NVMe devices support hardware encryption through OPAL2
|
||||
TCG interface (SEDs - self-encrypting drives). Using hardware disk
|
||||
encryption is controversial as you must trust proprietary hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
On the other side, using both software and hardware encryption
|
||||
layers increases the security margin by adding an additional layer
|
||||
of protection. There is usually no performance drop if OPAL encryption
|
||||
is used (the drive always operates with full throughput), and it does
|
||||
not add any utilization to the main CPU.
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 now supports hardware encryption through the Linux kernel
|
||||
SED OPAL interface (CONFIG_BLK_SED_OPAL Linux kernel option must be
|
||||
enabled). Cryptsetup OPAL is never enabled by default; you have to use
|
||||
luksFormat parameters to use it. OPAL support can be disabled during
|
||||
the build phase with --disable-hw-opal configure option.
|
||||
|
||||
LUKS2 OPAL encryption is configured the same way as software encryption
|
||||
- it stores metadata in the LUKS2 header and activates encryption for
|
||||
the data area on the disk (configured OPAL locking range).
|
||||
LUKS2 header metadata must always be visible (thus not encrypted).
|
||||
The key stored in LUKS2 keyslots contains two parts - volume key
|
||||
for software (dm-crypt) encryption and unlocking key for OPAL.
|
||||
OPAL unlocking key is independent of the dm-crypt volume key and is
|
||||
always 256 bits long. Cryptsetup does not support full drive OPAL
|
||||
encryption; only a specific locking range is always used.
|
||||
|
||||
If the OPAL device is in its initial factory state (after factory
|
||||
reset), cryptsetup needs to configure the OPAL admin user and password.
|
||||
If the OPAL admin user is already set, the OPAL password must be
|
||||
provided during luksFormat.
|
||||
The provided password is needed only to configure or reset the OPAL
|
||||
locking range; LUKS device activation requires LUKS passphrase only.
|
||||
LUKS passphrase should be different from OPAL password (OPAL admin user
|
||||
is configured inside OPAL hardware while LUKS unlocking passphrase
|
||||
unlocks LUKS keyslot).
|
||||
|
||||
OPAL encryption can be used in combination with software (dm-crypt)
|
||||
encryption (--hw-opal option) or without the software layer
|
||||
(--hw-opal-only option).
|
||||
You can see the configured segment parameters in the luksDump command.
|
||||
LUKS2 devices with OPAL segments set a new requirement flag in
|
||||
the LUKS2 header to prevent older cryptsetup metadata manipulation.
|
||||
Do not use hardware-only encryption if you do not fully trust your
|
||||
hardware vendor.
|
||||
|
||||
Compatibility notes:
|
||||
- Linux kernel SED interface does NOT work through USB external
|
||||
adapters due to the missing compatibility layer in Linux USB storage
|
||||
drivers (even if USB hardware itself can support OPAL commands).
|
||||
- other TCG security subsystems like Ruby or Pyrite are not
|
||||
supported. Note that many drives support only Pyrite subsystem that
|
||||
does NOT encrypt data (it provides only authentication).
|
||||
- compatibility among OPAL-enabled drives is often very problematic,
|
||||
specifically for older drives. Many drives have bugs in the firmware
|
||||
that make the Linux kernel interface unusable.
|
||||
- if you forget the OPAL admin password, the only way to recover is
|
||||
the full drive factory reset through the PSID key (usually printed
|
||||
on the drive itself) that wipes all data on the drive (not only the
|
||||
LUKS area).
|
||||
- cryptsetup reencryption is not supported for LUKS2 OPAL-enabled
|
||||
devices
|
||||
- most OPAL drives use AES-XTS cipher mode (older drives can use
|
||||
AES-CBC). This information is not available through kernel SED API.
|
||||
- locked OPAL locking ranges return IO errors while reading; this
|
||||
can produce a lot of scary messages in the log if some tools (like
|
||||
blkid) try to read the locked area.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
|
||||
* Formatting the drive
|
||||
Use --hw-opal with luksFormat (or --hw-opal-only for hardware only
|
||||
encryption):
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksFormat --hw-opal <device>
|
||||
Enter passphrase for <device>: ***
|
||||
Enter OPAL Admin password: ***
|
||||
|
||||
* Check configuration with luksDump.
|
||||
Note "hw-opal-crypt" segment that uses both dm-crypt and OPAL
|
||||
encryption - keyslot stores 768 bits key (512 sw + 256 bits OPAL key).
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksDump <device>
|
||||
LUKS header information
|
||||
Version: 2
|
||||
...
|
||||
Data segments:
|
||||
0: hw-opal-crypt
|
||||
offset: 16777216 [bytes]
|
||||
length: ... [bytes]
|
||||
cipher: aes-xts-plain64
|
||||
sector: 512 [bytes]
|
||||
HW OPAL encryption:
|
||||
OPAL segment number: 1
|
||||
OPAL key: 256 bits
|
||||
OPAL segment length: ... [bytes]
|
||||
Keyslots:
|
||||
0: luks2
|
||||
Key: 768 bits
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
For devices with OPAL encryption ONLY (only 256 bits OPAL unlocking
|
||||
key is stored):
|
||||
LUKS header information
|
||||
Version: 2
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
Data segments:
|
||||
0: hw-opal
|
||||
offset: 16777216 [bytes]
|
||||
length: ... [bytes]
|
||||
cipher: (no SW encryption)
|
||||
HW OPAL encryption:
|
||||
OPAL segment number: 1
|
||||
OPAL key: 256 bits
|
||||
OPAL segment length: ... [bytes]
|
||||
Keyslots:
|
||||
0: luks2
|
||||
Key: 256 bits
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
* Activation and deactivation (open, close, luksSuspend, luksResume)
|
||||
with OPAL works the same as for the LUKS2 device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Erase LUKS metadata (keyslots) and remove OPAL locking range:
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksErase <device>
|
||||
Enter OPAL Admin password: ***
|
||||
|
||||
The LUKS header is destroyed (unlike in normal LUKS luksErase) as
|
||||
data are no longer accessible even with previous volume key knowledge.
|
||||
|
||||
* Factory reset OPAL drive (if you do not know the Admin password).
|
||||
You need the PSID (physical presence security ID), which is usually
|
||||
printed on the device label. Note this will reset the device to
|
||||
factory state, erasing all data on it (not only LUKS).
|
||||
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksErase --hw-opal-factory-reset <device>
|
||||
Enter OPAL PSID: ***
|
||||
|
||||
* plain mode: Set default cipher to aes-xts-plain64 and password hashing
|
||||
to sha256.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: this is a backward incompatible change for plain mode (if you
|
||||
rely on defaults). It is not relevant for LUKS devices.
|
||||
|
||||
The default plain encryption mode was CBC for a long time, with many
|
||||
performance problems. Using XTS mode aligns it with LUKS defaults.
|
||||
|
||||
The hash algorithm for plain mode was ripemd160, which is considered
|
||||
deprecated, so the new default is sha256.
|
||||
|
||||
The default key size remains 256 bits (it means using AES-128 as XTS
|
||||
requires two keys).
|
||||
|
||||
Always specify cipher, hash, and key size for plain mode (or even
|
||||
better, use LUKS as it stores all options in its metadata on disk).
|
||||
As we need to upgrade algorithms from time to time because of security
|
||||
reasons, cryptsetup now warns users to specify these options explicitly
|
||||
in the open cryptsetup command if plain mode is used.
|
||||
Cryptsetup does not block using any legacy encryption type; just it
|
||||
must be specified explicitly on the cryptsetup command line.
|
||||
|
||||
You can configure these defaults during build time if you need to
|
||||
enforce backward compatibility.
|
||||
To get the backward-compatible setting, use:
|
||||
--with-plain-hash=ripemd160 --with-plain-cipher=aes
|
||||
--with-plain-mode=cbc-essiv:sha256
|
||||
|
||||
Compiled-in defaults are visible in cryptsetup --help output.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow activation (open), luksResume, and luksAddKey to use the volume
|
||||
key stored in a keyring.
|
||||
* Allow to store volume key to a user-specified keyring in open and
|
||||
luksResume commands.
|
||||
|
||||
These options are intended to be used for integration with other
|
||||
systems for automation.
|
||||
|
||||
Users can now use the volume key (not passphrase) stored in arbitrary
|
||||
kernel keyring and directly use it in particular cryptsetup commands
|
||||
with --volume-key-keyring option. The keyring can use various policies
|
||||
(set outside of the cryptsetup scope, for example, by keyctl).
|
||||
|
||||
The --volume-key-keyring option takes a key description in
|
||||
keyctl-compatible syntax and can either be a numeric key ID or
|
||||
a string name in the format [%<key type>:]<key name>.
|
||||
The default key type is "user".
|
||||
|
||||
To store the volume key in a keyring, you can use cryptsetup with
|
||||
--link-vk-to-keyring option that is available for open and luksResume
|
||||
cryptsetup command. The option argument has a more complex format:
|
||||
<keyring_description>::<key_description>.
|
||||
The <keyring_description> contains the existing kernel keyring
|
||||
description (numeric id or keyctl format). The <keyring_description>
|
||||
may be optionally prefixed with "%:" or "%keyring:". The string "::" is
|
||||
a delimiter that separates keyring and key descriptions.
|
||||
The <key_description> has the same syntax as used in the
|
||||
--volume-key-keyring option.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
Open the device and store the volume key to the keyring:
|
||||
# cryptsetup open <device> --link-vk-to-keyring "@s::%user:testkey" tst
|
||||
|
||||
Add keyslot using the stored key in a keyring:
|
||||
# cryptsetup luksAddKey <device> --volume-key-keyring "%user:testkey"
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not flush IO operations if resize grows the device.
|
||||
This can help performance in specific cases where the encrypted device
|
||||
is extended automatically while running many IO operations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use only half of detected free memory for Argon2 PBKDF on systems
|
||||
without swap (for LUKS2 new keyslot or format operations).
|
||||
|
||||
This should avoid out-of-memory crashes on low-memory systems without
|
||||
swap. The benchmark for memory-hard KDF during format is tricky, and
|
||||
it seems that relying on the maximum half of physical memory is not
|
||||
enough; relying on free memory should bring the needed security margin
|
||||
while still using Argon2.
|
||||
There is no change for systems with active swap.
|
||||
Note, for very-low memory-constrained systems, a user should avoid
|
||||
memory-hard PBKDF completely (manually select legacy PBKDF2 instead
|
||||
of Argon2); cryptsetup does not change PBKDF automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add the possibility to specify a directory for external LUKS2 token
|
||||
handlers (plugins).
|
||||
|
||||
Use --external-tokens-path parameter in cryptsetup or
|
||||
crypt_token_set_external_path API call. The parameter is required to be
|
||||
an absolute path, and it is set per process context. This parameter is
|
||||
intended mainly for testing and developing new tokens.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow reencryption/decryption on LUKS2 devices with
|
||||
authenticated encryption or hardware (OPAL) encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
The operation fails later anyway; cryptsetup now detects incompatible
|
||||
parameters early.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not fail LUKS format if the operation was interrupted on subsequent
|
||||
device wipe.
|
||||
|
||||
Device wipe (used with authenticated encryption) is an optional
|
||||
operation and can be interrupted; not yet wiped part of the device will
|
||||
only report integrity errors (until overwritten with new data).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix the LUKS2 keyslot option to be used while activating the device
|
||||
by a token.
|
||||
|
||||
It can also be used to check if a specific token (--token-id) can
|
||||
unlock a specific keyslot (--key-slot option) when --test-passphrase
|
||||
option is specified.
|
||||
|
||||
* Properly report if the dm-verity device cannot be activated due to
|
||||
the inability to verify the signed root hash (ENOKEY).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix to check passphrase for selected keyslot only when adding
|
||||
new keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
If the user specifies the exact keyslot to unlock, cryptsetup no longer
|
||||
checks other keyslots.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix to not wipe the keyslot area before in-place overwrite.
|
||||
|
||||
If the LUKS2 keyslot area has to be overwritten (due to lack of free
|
||||
space for keyslot swap), cryptsetup does not wipe the affected area as
|
||||
the first step (it will be overwritten later anyway).
|
||||
Previously, there was an unnecessary risk of losing the keyslot data
|
||||
if the code crashed before adding the new keyslot.
|
||||
|
||||
If there is enough space in the keyslot area, cryptsetup never
|
||||
overwrites the older keyslot before the new one is written correctly
|
||||
(even if the keyslot number remains the same).
|
||||
|
||||
* bitlk: Fix segfaults when attempting to verify the volume key.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, clarify that verifying the volume key is impossible without
|
||||
providing a passphrase or recovery key.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --disable-blkid command line option to avoid blkid device check.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for the meson build system.
|
||||
|
||||
All basic operations are supported (compile, test, and dist) with some
|
||||
minor exceptions; please see the meson manual for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
The Meson build system will completely replace autotools in some future
|
||||
major release. Both autotools and meson build systems are supported,
|
||||
and the release archive is built with autotools.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix wipe operation that overwrites the whole device if used for LUKS2
|
||||
header with no keyslot area.
|
||||
|
||||
Formatting a LUKS2 device with no defined keyslots area is a very
|
||||
specific operation, and the code now properly recognizes such
|
||||
configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix luksErase to work with detached LUKS header.
|
||||
|
||||
* Disallow the use of internal kernel crypto driver names in "capi"
|
||||
specification.
|
||||
|
||||
The common way to specify cipher mode in cryptsetup is to use
|
||||
cipher-mode-iv notation (like aes-xts-plain64).
|
||||
With the introduction of authenticated ciphers, we also allow
|
||||
"capi:<spec>" notation that is directly used by dm-crypt
|
||||
(e.g., capi:xts(aes)-plain64).
|
||||
|
||||
CAPI specification was never intended to be used directly in the LUKS
|
||||
header; unfortunately, the code allowed it until now.
|
||||
Devices with CAPI specification in metadata can no longer be activated;
|
||||
header repair is required.
|
||||
|
||||
CAPI specification could allow attackers to change the cipher
|
||||
specification to enforce loading some specific kernel crypto driver
|
||||
(for example, load driver with known side-channel issues).
|
||||
This can be problematic, specifically in a cloud environment
|
||||
(modifying LUKS2 metadata in container image).
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks to Jan Wichelmann, Luca Wilke, and Thomas Eisenbarth from
|
||||
University of Luebeck for noticing the problems with this code.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix reencryption to fail early for unknown cipher.
|
||||
|
||||
* tcrypt: Support new Blake2 hash for VeraCrypt.
|
||||
|
||||
VeraCrypt introduces support for Blake2 PRF for PBKDF2; also support it
|
||||
in cryptsetup compatible tcrypt format.
|
||||
|
||||
* tcrypt: use hash values as substring for limiting KDF check.
|
||||
|
||||
This allows the user to specify --hash sha or --hash blake2 to limit
|
||||
the KDF scan without the need to specify the full algorithm name
|
||||
(similar to cipher where we already use substring match).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add Aria cipher support and block size info.
|
||||
|
||||
Aria cipher is similar to AES and is supported in Linux kernel crypto
|
||||
API in recent releases.
|
||||
It can be now used also for LUKS keyslot encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not decrease PBKDF parameters if the user forces them.
|
||||
|
||||
If a user explicitly specifies PBKDF parameters (like iterations,
|
||||
used memory, or threads), do not limit them, even if it can cause
|
||||
resource exhaustion.
|
||||
The force options were mostly used for decreasing parameters, but it
|
||||
should work even opposite - despite the fact it can mean an
|
||||
out-of-memory crash.
|
||||
|
||||
The only limits are hard limits per the PBKDF algorithm.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support OpenSSL 3.2 Argon2 implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
Argon2 is now available directly in OpenSSL, so the code no longer
|
||||
needs to use libargon implementation.
|
||||
Configure script should detect this automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for Argon2 from libgcrypt
|
||||
(requires yet unreleased gcrypt 1.11).
|
||||
|
||||
Argon2 has been available since version 1.10, but we need version 1.11,
|
||||
which will allow empty passwords.
|
||||
|
||||
* Used Argon2 PBKDF implementation is now reported in debug mode
|
||||
in the cryptographic backend version. For native support in
|
||||
OpenSSL 3.2 or libgcrypt 1.11, "argon2" is displayed.
|
||||
If libargon2 is used, "cryptsetup libargon2" (for embedded
|
||||
library) or "external libargon2" is displayed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Link only libcrypto from OpenSSL.
|
||||
|
||||
This reduces dependencies as other OpenSSL libraries are not needed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Disable reencryption for Direct-Access (DAX) devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Linux kernel device-mapper cannot stack DAX/non-DAX devices in
|
||||
the mapping table, so online reencryption cannot work. Detect DAX
|
||||
devices and warn users during LUKS format. Also, DAX or persistent
|
||||
memory devices do not provide atomic sector updates; any single
|
||||
modification can corrupt the whole encryption block.
|
||||
|
||||
* Print a warning message if the device is not aligned to sector size.
|
||||
|
||||
If a partition is resized after format, activation could fail when
|
||||
the device is not multiple of a sector size. Print at least a warning
|
||||
here, as the activation error message is visible only in kernel syslog.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix sector size and integrity fields display for non-LUKS2 crypt
|
||||
devices for the status command.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix suspend for LUKS2 with authenticated encryption (also suspend
|
||||
dm-integrity device underneath).
|
||||
|
||||
This should stop the dm-integrity device from issuing journal updates
|
||||
and possibly corrupt data if the user also tries to modify the
|
||||
underlying device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update keyring and locking documentation and LUKS2 specification
|
||||
for OPAL2 support.
|
||||
|
||||
Libcryptsetup API extensions
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
The libcryptsetup API is backward compatible for all existing symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
New symbols:
|
||||
crypt_activate_by_keyslot_context
|
||||
crypt_format_luks2_opal
|
||||
crypt_get_hw_encryption_type
|
||||
crypt_get_hw_encryption_key_size
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_keyring
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_vk_in_keyring
|
||||
crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_signed_key
|
||||
crypt_resume_by_keyslot_context
|
||||
crypt_token_set_external_path
|
||||
crypt_set_keyring_to_link
|
||||
crypt_wipe_hw_opal
|
||||
|
||||
New defines (hw encryption status):
|
||||
CRYPT_SW_ONLY
|
||||
CRYPT_OPAL_HW_ONLY
|
||||
CRYPT_SW_AND_OPAL_HW
|
||||
|
||||
New keyslot context types:
|
||||
CRYPT_KC_TYPE_KEYRING
|
||||
CRYPT_KC_TYPE_VK_KEYRING
|
||||
CRYPT_KC_TYPE_SIGNED_KEY
|
||||
|
||||
New requirement flag:
|
||||
CRYPT_REQUIREMENT_OPAL
|
30
docs/v2.7.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
30
docs/v2.7.1-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.7.1 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.7.0 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.7.0
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix interrupted LUKS1 decryption resume.
|
||||
With the replacement of the cryptsetup-reencrypt tool by the cryptsetup
|
||||
reencrypt command, resuming the interrupted LUKS1 decryption operation
|
||||
could fail. LUKS2 was not affected.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow --link-vk-to-keyring with --test-passphrase option.
|
||||
This option allows uploading the volume key in a user-specified kernel
|
||||
keyring without activating the device.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix crash when --active-name was used in decryption initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
* Updates and changes to man pages, including indentation, sorting options
|
||||
alphabetically, fixing mistakes in crypt_set_keyring_to_link, and fixing
|
||||
some typos.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix compilation with libargon2 when --disable-internal-argon2 was used.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not require installed argon2.h header and never compile internal
|
||||
libargon2 code if the crypto library directly supports Argon2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes to regression tests to support older Linux distributions.
|
31
docs/v2.7.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
31
docs/v2.7.2-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.7.2 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.7 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.7.1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Fix activation of OPAL-only encrypted LUKS device with tokens.
|
||||
The issue was caused by an invalid volume key check (assert)
|
||||
that is impossible without software encryption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix formatting of OPAL devices with 4096-byte sector size.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix incorrect OPAL locking range alignment calculation if used
|
||||
over an unaligned device partition.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --hw-opal-factory-reset option description to the manual page.
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not check the passphrase quality for OPAL Admin PIN,
|
||||
as this passphrase already exists.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update license for FAQ document to CC BY-SA 4.0.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Please note that with OPAL-only (--hw-opal-only) encryption,
|
||||
the configured OPAL administrator PIN (passphrase) allows unlocking
|
||||
all configured locking ranges without LUKS keyslot decryption
|
||||
(without knowledge of LUKS passphrase).
|
||||
Because of many observed problems with compatibility, cryptsetup
|
||||
currently DOES NOT use OPAL single-user mode, which would allow such
|
||||
decoupling of OPAL admin PIN access.
|
114
docs/v2.7.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
114
docs/v2.7.3-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.7.3 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release with security fixes.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.7 must upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.7.2
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not allow formatting LUKS2 with Opal SED (hardware encryption)
|
||||
if the reported logical sector size for the block device and Opal
|
||||
encryption logical block differs.
|
||||
|
||||
Such a configuration can lead to a partially encrypted Opal locking
|
||||
range or data destruction following the expected locking range.
|
||||
|
||||
Some NVMe drives support multiple LBAF profiles (typically supporting
|
||||
512-byte and 4096-byte sector size). Some broken Opal NVMe firmware can
|
||||
report bogus encryption size that disagrees with real used sector size.
|
||||
This usually happens after low-level NVMe reformatting (LBAF profile
|
||||
change with nvme utility) to different sector size.
|
||||
Moreover, some firmware versions do not properly reset this even after
|
||||
explicit PSID revert.
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup calculates the Opal locking range using the reported block
|
||||
size in Opal geometry ioctl. Unfortunately, the broken firmware drive
|
||||
internally uses the logical block size of the block device, which can
|
||||
differ. This can lead to two possible situations:
|
||||
|
||||
- Opal reports a smaller block size (512-byte) while the drive uses
|
||||
a 4096-byte sector. The configured locking range is then much larger,
|
||||
destroying data following the expected locking range setting.
|
||||
|
||||
- Opal reports a larger block size (4096-byte) while the drive uses
|
||||
a 512-byte sector. The configured locking range is then much smaller,
|
||||
leaving the remaining space in the locking range unencrypted (violating
|
||||
the confidentiality of data).
|
||||
|
||||
Cryptsetup now detects this discrepancy and disallows LUKS2 format with
|
||||
Opal hardware encryption in such a case.
|
||||
|
||||
For already formatted devices, you will see this warning:
|
||||
"Bogus OPAL logical block size differs from device block size."
|
||||
|
||||
If you also used software encryption (dm-crypt over Opal), data will
|
||||
still be fully encrypted with software dm-crypt.
|
||||
With hw-only encryption, your configuration is probably already broken
|
||||
(insecure or accessing data beyond the assigned area).
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this is caused by bad firmware (seen with multiple vendors),
|
||||
and the problem was reported, at least for drives we have access to.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes to wiping LUKS2 headers after Opal locking area erase.
|
||||
|
||||
As the hardware locking range is destroyed (cryptsetup erase command),
|
||||
the LUKS2 header is no longer usable and was partially wiped.
|
||||
Now the code fully wipes also the secondary header, as the previous
|
||||
code wiped only the primary LUKS area.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this is an exception, as the normal erase command wipes only
|
||||
the keyslots, keeping the LUKS2 header in place. With Opal encryption,
|
||||
the data segment is no longer valid, so the whole LUKS2 header is no
|
||||
longer usable.
|
||||
|
||||
* Mention the need for possible PSID revert before Opal format for some
|
||||
drives (man page).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix Bitlocker-compatible code to ignore newly seen metadata entries.
|
||||
|
||||
Recent Windows OS versions started to include new (undocumented)
|
||||
metadata entries in Bitlocker. These entries are now quietly ignored,
|
||||
allowing Bitlocker images to open with cryptsetup again.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix interactive query retry if LUKS2 unbound keyslot is present.
|
||||
|
||||
If an unbound keyslot is present, the password query retry count is
|
||||
now properly applied.
|
||||
|
||||
* Detect unsupported zoned devices for LUKS header devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Zoned devices cannot be written with direct-io and used for LUKS header
|
||||
logic in general. Code now rejects placing the LUKS header on a zoned
|
||||
device, while you can still create a detached header and use a zoned
|
||||
device for encrypted data.
|
||||
|
||||
* Allow "capi" cipher format for benchmark command and fix parsing
|
||||
of plain IV in "capi" format.
|
||||
|
||||
Some ciphers can be specified only in Linux kernel crypto notation
|
||||
(in short, "capi"). Code now allows this format also for benchmark,
|
||||
for example, "benchmark -c capi:xts\(aes\)-plain64"
|
||||
(that is equivalent to -c aes-xts-plain64).
|
||||
|
||||
* Add support for HCTR2 encryption mode.
|
||||
|
||||
The HCTR2 encryption mode was added to the Linux kernel for fscrypt,
|
||||
but as it is a length-preserving mode (with sector tweak), it can be
|
||||
easily used for disk encryption, too.
|
||||
The mode has the same property as wide modes (any change is propagated
|
||||
to the whole sector instead of only one block as in XTS mode).
|
||||
|
||||
As it needs a larger initialization vector (32 bytes), we need to add
|
||||
an exception in the userspace format code.
|
||||
You can now use --cipher aes-hctr2-plain64 for the format operation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Source code now uses SPDX license identifiers instead of full
|
||||
license preambles.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix missing includes for cryptographic backend that could cause
|
||||
compilation errors for some systems.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix tests to work correctly in FIPS mode with recent OpenSSL 3.2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix various (mostly false positive) issues detected by Coverity.
|
62
docs/v2.7.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
62
docs/v2.7.4-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.7.4 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.7 should upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.7.3
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
* Detect device busy failure for device-mapper table-referenced devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Some device-mapper ioctl failures can disappear in libdevmapper,
|
||||
causing the libcryptsetup wrapper to return an invalid error (EINVAL)
|
||||
instead of EEXIST or EBUSY. One such case is when there is a device
|
||||
creation race, and the device-mapper device name is created, but
|
||||
the following mapping table load fails. This can happen because some
|
||||
block devices used in table mapping have already been claimed by
|
||||
another process (the kernel needs exclusive access).
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel ioctl properly returns EBUSY; this errno is lost in
|
||||
libdevmapper (dm_task_get_errno returns 0). It should be fixed by
|
||||
libdevmapper in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
Such behavior was seen in the systemd way of handling dm-verity
|
||||
devices. With these changes, the code should react for EEXIST and
|
||||
EBUSY, as another process has already activated the device.
|
||||
|
||||
Code calling libcryptsetup also must not check the underlying device
|
||||
with an exclusive open flag (O_EXCL). Otherwise, it could cause a race
|
||||
in the kernel device-mapper, resulting in no process succeeding device
|
||||
activation (see also CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SHARED flag below).
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix shared activation for dm-verity devices.
|
||||
|
||||
The CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SHARED flag was silently ignored when activating
|
||||
dm-verity devices. Dm-verity shared activation is generally safe
|
||||
since all verity devices are read-only.
|
||||
|
||||
The shared flag is a way to skip the exclusive access check for the
|
||||
device, allowing it to create multiple mappings with the same device or
|
||||
properly handle a racy concurrent activation of devices with the same
|
||||
name from different processes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add --shared option for veritysetup open action.
|
||||
|
||||
The option allows the data device to be used in multiple device-mapper
|
||||
table mappings (skip exclusive access check) or to allow concurrent
|
||||
dm-verity device activation of the same device (only one process
|
||||
succeeds in this case; the other will return EEXIST or EBUSY).
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not use exclusive flag for the allocated backing loop files.
|
||||
|
||||
Using this flag is an undefined operation for opening an existing file.
|
||||
The flag should be used only for allocated loop (block) devices.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes for problems found by static analyzers and Valgrind.
|
||||
|
||||
These include fixes for non-default libgcrypt, NSS, and Nettle
|
||||
cryptographic backends, buffer operations to avoid partial read/write,
|
||||
and several other workarounds for mostly false positive warnings.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixes to tests and CI scripts.
|
23
docs/v2.7.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
23
docs/v2.7.5-ReleaseNotes
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
|||
Cryptsetup 2.7.5 Release Notes
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
Stable bug-fix release.
|
||||
|
||||
All users of cryptsetup 2.7 must upgrade to this version.
|
||||
|
||||
Changes since version 2.7.4
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
* Fix possible online reencryption data corruption (only in 2.7.x).
|
||||
|
||||
In some situations (initializing a suspended device-mapper device),
|
||||
cryptsetup disabled direct-io device access. This caused unsafe
|
||||
online reencryption operations that could lead to data corruption.
|
||||
The code now adds strict checks (and aborts the operation) and
|
||||
changes direct-io detection code to prevent data corruption.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a clang compilation error in SSH token plugin.
|
||||
|
||||
As clang linker treats missing symbols as errors, the linker phase
|
||||
for the SSH token failed as the optional cryptsetup_token_buffer_free
|
||||
was not defined.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix crypto backend initialization in crypt_format_luks2_opal API call.
|
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue